Mercurial > vim
annotate src/misc1.c @ 3549:f52d2ea0f81c v7.3.535
updated for version 7.3.535
Problem: Many #ifdefs for MB_MAXBYTES.
Solution: Also define MB_MAXBYTES without the +multi_byte feature. Fix
places where the buffer didn't include space for a NUL byte.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Fri, 01 Jun 2012 15:21:02 +0200 |
| parents | 6c318419e331 |
| children | 5c1aaf9b4b1b |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 #include "version.h" | |
| 16 | |
| 17 static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir)); | |
| 18 static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name)); | |
| 19 static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src)); | |
| 20 | |
| 21 /* | |
| 22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line. | |
| 23 */ | |
| 24 int | |
| 25 get_indent() | |
| 26 { | |
| 27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 28 } | |
| 29 | |
| 30 /* | |
| 31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum". | |
| 32 */ | |
| 33 int | |
| 34 get_indent_lnum(lnum) | |
| 35 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 36 { | |
| 37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 38 } | |
| 39 | |
| 40 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 41 /* | |
| 42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer | |
| 43 * "buf". | |
| 44 */ | |
| 45 int | |
| 46 get_indent_buf(buf, lnum) | |
| 47 buf_T *buf; | |
| 48 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 49 { | |
| 50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts); | |
| 51 } | |
| 52 #endif | |
| 53 | |
| 54 /* | |
| 55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with | |
| 56 * 'tabstop' at "ts" | |
| 57 */ | |
| 164 | 58 int |
| 7 | 59 get_indent_str(ptr, ts) |
| 60 char_u *ptr; | |
| 61 int ts; | |
| 62 { | |
| 63 int count = 0; | |
| 64 | |
| 65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr) | |
| 66 { | |
| 67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */ | |
| 68 count += ts - (count % ts); | |
| 69 else if (*ptr == ' ') | |
| 70 ++count; /* count a space for one */ | |
| 71 else | |
| 72 break; | |
| 73 } | |
| 164 | 74 return count; |
| 7 | 75 } |
| 76 | |
| 77 /* | |
| 78 * Set the indent of the current line. | |
| 79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
| 80 * Caller must take care of undo. | |
| 81 * "flags": | |
| 82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed. | |
| 83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line. | |
| 84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it. | |
| 85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
| 86 */ | |
| 87 int | |
| 88 set_indent(size, flags) | |
| 1324 | 89 int size; /* measured in spaces */ |
| 7 | 90 int flags; |
| 91 { | |
| 92 char_u *p; | |
| 93 char_u *newline; | |
| 94 char_u *oldline; | |
| 95 char_u *s; | |
| 96 int todo; | |
| 1324 | 97 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */ |
| 7 | 98 int line_len; |
| 99 int doit = FALSE; | |
| 1324 | 100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */ |
| 7 | 101 int tab_pad; |
| 217 | 102 int retval = FALSE; |
| 1359 | 103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when |
| 1324 | 104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */ |
| 7 | 105 |
| 106 /* | |
| 107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of | |
| 108 * characters needed for the indent. | |
| 109 */ | |
| 110 todo = size; | |
| 111 ind_len = 0; | |
| 112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 113 | |
| 114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it | |
| 115 * isn't already set */ | |
| 116 | |
| 1324 | 117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and |
| 118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the | |
| 119 * beginning of the line to be copied */ | |
| 120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)) | |
| 7 | 121 { |
| 122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
| 123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
| 124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
| 125 { | |
| 126 ind_done = 0; | |
| 127 | |
| 128 /* count as many characters as we can use */ | |
| 129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 130 { | |
| 131 if (*p == TAB) | |
| 132 { | |
| 133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 136 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 137 break; | |
| 138 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 139 ++ind_len; | |
| 140 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 141 } | |
| 142 else | |
| 143 { | |
| 144 --todo; | |
| 145 ++ind_len; | |
| 146 ++ind_done; | |
| 147 } | |
| 148 ++p; | |
| 149 } | |
| 150 | |
| 1324 | 151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are |
| 152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */ | |
| 153 if (curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 154 orig_char_len = ind_len; | |
| 155 | |
| 7 | 156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ |
| 157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 1359 | 158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1) |
| 7 | 159 { |
| 160 doit = TRUE; | |
| 161 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 162 ++ind_len; | |
| 163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */ | |
| 164 } | |
| 165 } | |
| 166 | |
| 167 /* count tabs required for indent */ | |
| 168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 169 { | |
| 170 if (*p != TAB) | |
| 171 doit = TRUE; | |
| 172 else | |
| 173 ++p; | |
| 174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 175 ++ind_len; | |
| 176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */ | |
| 177 } | |
| 178 } | |
| 179 /* count spaces required for indent */ | |
| 180 while (todo > 0) | |
| 181 { | |
| 182 if (*p != ' ') | |
| 183 doit = TRUE; | |
| 184 else | |
| 185 ++p; | |
| 186 --todo; | |
| 187 ++ind_len; | |
| 188 /* ++ind_done; */ | |
| 189 } | |
| 190 | |
| 191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */ | |
| 192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT)) | |
| 193 return FALSE; | |
| 194 | |
| 195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */ | |
| 196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT) | |
| 197 p = oldline; | |
| 198 else | |
| 199 p = skipwhite(p); | |
| 200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1; | |
| 1324 | 201 |
| 202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original | |
| 203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces | |
| 204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */ | |
| 1359 | 205 if (orig_char_len != -1) |
| 1324 | 206 { |
| 207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len); | |
| 208 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 209 return FALSE; | |
| 1359 | 210 todo = size - ind_done; |
| 211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in | |
| 212 * characters, which may have been | |
| 213 * undercounted until now */ | |
| 1324 | 214 p = oldline; |
| 215 s = newline; | |
| 216 while (orig_char_len > 0) | |
| 217 { | |
| 218 *s++ = *p++; | |
| 219 orig_char_len--; | |
| 220 } | |
| 1474 | 221 |
| 1324 | 222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less |
| 223 * than old) */ | |
| 224 while (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 1474 | 225 ++p; |
| 1348 | 226 |
| 1324 | 227 } |
| 228 else | |
| 229 { | |
| 230 todo = size; | |
| 231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
| 232 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 233 return FALSE; | |
| 234 s = newline; | |
| 235 } | |
| 7 | 236 |
| 237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */ | |
| 238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */ | |
| 239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 240 { | |
| 241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
| 242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
| 243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
| 244 { | |
| 245 p = oldline; | |
| 246 ind_done = 0; | |
| 247 | |
| 248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 249 { | |
| 250 if (*p == TAB) | |
| 251 { | |
| 252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 255 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 256 break; | |
| 257 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 258 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 259 } | |
| 260 else | |
| 261 { | |
| 262 --todo; | |
| 263 ++ind_done; | |
| 264 } | |
| 265 *s++ = *p++; | |
| 266 } | |
| 267 | |
| 268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
| 269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 270 if (todo >= tab_pad) | |
| 271 { | |
| 272 *s++ = TAB; | |
| 273 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 274 } | |
| 275 | |
| 276 p = skipwhite(p); | |
| 277 } | |
| 278 | |
| 279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 280 { | |
| 281 *s++ = TAB; | |
| 282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 283 } | |
| 284 } | |
| 285 while (todo > 0) | |
| 286 { | |
| 287 *s++ = ' '; | |
| 288 --todo; | |
| 289 } | |
| 290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len); | |
| 291 | |
| 292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */ | |
| 293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK) | |
| 294 { | |
| 295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED) | |
| 297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
| 298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */ | |
| 299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline)) | |
| 835 | 301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline); |
| 217 | 302 retval = TRUE; |
| 7 | 303 } |
| 304 else | |
| 305 vim_free(newline); | |
| 306 | |
| 307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
| 217 | 308 return retval; |
| 7 | 309 } |
| 310 | |
| 311 /* | |
| 312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size) | |
| 313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
| 314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
| 315 */ | |
| 316 static int | |
| 317 copy_indent(size, src) | |
| 318 int size; | |
| 319 char_u *src; | |
| 320 { | |
| 321 char_u *p = NULL; | |
| 322 char_u *line = NULL; | |
| 323 char_u *s; | |
| 324 int todo; | |
| 325 int ind_len; | |
| 326 int line_len = 0; | |
| 327 int tab_pad; | |
| 328 int ind_done; | |
| 329 int round; | |
| 330 | |
| 331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent | |
| 332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */ | |
| 333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
| 334 { | |
| 335 todo = size; | |
| 336 ind_len = 0; | |
| 337 ind_done = 0; | |
| 338 s = src; | |
| 339 | |
| 340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */ | |
| 341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s)) | |
| 342 { | |
| 343 if (*s == TAB) | |
| 344 { | |
| 345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 348 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 349 break; | |
| 350 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 351 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 352 } | |
| 353 else | |
| 354 { | |
| 355 --todo; | |
| 356 ++ind_done; | |
| 357 } | |
| 358 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 359 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 360 *p++ = *s; |
| 361 ++s; | |
| 362 } | |
| 363 | |
| 364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
| 365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 3058 | 366 if (todo >= tab_pad && !curbuf->b_p_et) |
| 7 | 367 { |
| 368 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 369 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 370 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 371 *p++ = TAB; |
| 372 } | |
| 373 | |
| 374 /* Add tabs required for indent */ | |
| 3058 | 375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts && !curbuf->b_p_et) |
| 7 | 376 { |
| 377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 378 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 379 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 380 *p++ = TAB; |
| 381 } | |
| 382 | |
| 383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */ | |
| 384 while (todo > 0) | |
| 385 { | |
| 386 --todo; | |
| 387 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 388 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 389 *p++ = ' '; |
| 390 } | |
| 391 | |
| 840 | 392 if (p == NULL) |
| 7 | 393 { |
| 394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent | |
| 395 * and the rest of the line. */ | |
| 396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1; | |
| 397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
| 398 if (line == NULL) | |
| 399 return FALSE; | |
| 400 p = line; | |
| 401 } | |
| 402 } | |
| 403 | |
| 404 /* Append the original line */ | |
| 405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len); | |
| 406 | |
| 407 /* Replace the line */ | |
| 408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE); | |
| 409 | |
| 410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */ | |
| 411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
| 412 return TRUE; | |
| 413 } | |
| 414 | |
| 415 /* | |
| 416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no | |
| 417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list. | |
| 41 | 418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers. |
| 7 | 419 */ |
| 420 int | |
| 421 get_number_indent(lnum) | |
| 422 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 423 { | |
| 424 colnr_T col; | |
| 425 pos_T pos; | |
| 41 | 426 regmmatch_T regmatch; |
| 7 | 427 |
| 428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 429 return -1; | |
| 41 | 430 pos.lnum = 0; |
| 431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) | |
| 433 { | |
| 434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE; | |
| 410 | 435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0; |
| 1521 | 436 if (vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, |
| 437 (colnr_T)0, NULL)) | |
| 41 | 438 { |
| 439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum; | |
| 440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col; | |
| 441 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 442 pos.coladd = 0; | |
| 443 #endif | |
| 444 } | |
| 445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 446 } | |
| 447 | |
| 448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL) | |
| 7 | 449 return -1; |
| 450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 451 return (int)col; | |
| 452 } | |
| 453 | |
| 454 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) | |
| 455 | |
| 456 static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line)); | |
| 457 | |
| 458 /* | |
| 459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'. | |
| 460 */ | |
| 461 static int | |
| 462 cin_is_cinword(line) | |
| 463 char_u *line; | |
| 464 { | |
| 465 char_u *cinw; | |
| 466 char_u *cinw_buf; | |
| 467 int cinw_len; | |
| 468 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 469 int len; | |
| 470 | |
| 471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1; | |
| 472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len); | |
| 473 if (cinw_buf != NULL) | |
| 474 { | |
| 475 line = skipwhite(line); | |
| 476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; ) | |
| 477 { | |
| 478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ","); | |
| 479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0 | |
| 480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1]))) | |
| 481 { | |
| 482 retval = TRUE; | |
| 483 break; | |
| 484 } | |
| 485 } | |
| 486 vim_free(cinw_buf); | |
| 487 } | |
| 488 return retval; | |
| 489 } | |
| 490 #endif | |
| 491 | |
| 492 /* | |
| 493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line. | |
| 494 * | |
| 495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the | |
| 496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line. | |
| 497 * | |
| 498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of | |
| 499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a | |
| 500 * new line. | |
| 501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor | |
| 502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments | |
| 503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces | |
| 504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break | |
| 505 * | |
| 506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure | |
| 507 */ | |
| 508 int | |
| 509 open_line(dir, flags, old_indent) | |
| 510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */ | |
| 511 int flags; | |
| 512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */ | |
| 513 { | |
| 514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */ | |
| 515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */ | |
| 516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */ | |
| 517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */ | |
| 518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */ | |
| 519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */ | |
| 520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */ | |
| 521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */ | |
| 522 int n; | |
| 523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */ | |
| 524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */ | |
| 525 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */ | |
| 527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */ | |
| 528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */ | |
| 529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */ | |
| 530 #endif | |
| 531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */ | |
| 532 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \ | |
| 533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
| 534 char_u *p; | |
| 535 #endif | |
| 536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 537 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
| 538 pos_T *pos; | |
| 539 #endif | |
| 540 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si | |
| 542 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 544 # endif | |
| 545 ); | |
| 546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */ | |
| 547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 548 #endif | |
| 549 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 550 int vreplace_mode; | |
| 551 #endif | |
| 552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */ | |
| 553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */ | |
| 554 | |
| 555 /* | |
| 556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it | |
| 557 */ | |
| 558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
| 560 return FALSE; | |
| 561 | |
| 562 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 564 { | |
| 565 /* | |
| 566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be | |
| 567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play | |
| 568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then | |
| 569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the | |
| 570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto | |
| 571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right | |
| 572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb. | |
| 573 */ | |
| 574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count) | |
| 575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)); | |
| 576 else | |
| 577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
| 578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
| 579 goto theend; | |
| 580 | |
| 581 /* | |
| 582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the | |
| 584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that | |
| 585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent | |
| 586 * etc) a bit later. | |
| 587 */ | |
| 588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */ | |
| 589 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 591 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1470 | 592 { |
| 593 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 594 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 595 p += replace_push_mb(p); | |
| 596 else | |
| 597 #endif | |
| 598 replace_push(*p++); | |
| 599 } | |
| 7 | 600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; |
| 601 } | |
| 602 #endif | |
| 603 | |
| 604 if ((State & INSERT) | |
| 605 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 607 #endif | |
| 608 ) | |
| 609 { | |
| 610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 611 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */ | |
| 613 { | |
| 614 p = skipwhite(p_extra); | |
| 615 first_char = *p; | |
| 616 } | |
| 617 #endif | |
| 618 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
| 620 #endif | |
| 621 saved_char = *p_extra; | |
| 622 *p_extra = NUL; | |
| 623 } | |
| 624 | |
| 625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */ | |
| 626 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 627 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 628 #endif | |
| 629 ai_col = 0; | |
| 630 | |
| 631 /* | |
| 632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on | |
| 633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not | |
| 634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai. | |
| 635 */ | |
| 636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai) | |
| 637 trunc_line = TRUE; | |
| 638 | |
| 639 /* | |
| 640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what | |
| 641 * indent to use for the new line. | |
| 642 */ | |
| 643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 644 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 645 || do_si | |
| 646 #endif | |
| 647 ) | |
| 648 { | |
| 649 /* | |
| 650 * count white space on current line | |
| 651 */ | |
| 652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 653 if (newindent == 0) | |
| 654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 655 | |
| 656 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 657 /* | |
| 658 * Do smart indenting. | |
| 659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD) | |
| 660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{' | |
| 661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line | |
| 662 * "if (condition) {" | |
| 663 */ | |
| 664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL | |
| 665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{')) | |
| 666 { | |
| 667 char_u *ptr; | |
| 668 char_u last_char; | |
| 669 | |
| 670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 671 ptr = saved_line; | |
| 672 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 675 else | |
| 676 lead_len = 0; | |
| 677 # endif | |
| 678 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 679 { | |
| 680 /* | |
| 681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
| 682 * recognised as comments. | |
| 683 */ | |
| 684 if ( | |
| 685 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 686 lead_len == 0 && | |
| 687 # endif | |
| 688 ptr[0] == '#') | |
| 689 { | |
| 690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 692 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 693 } | |
| 694 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 697 else | |
| 698 lead_len = 0; | |
| 699 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 700 { | |
| 701 /* | |
| 702 * This case gets the following right: | |
| 703 * \* | |
| 704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/'). | |
| 705 * *\ | |
| 706 * #define IN_THE_WAY | |
| 707 * This should line up here; | |
| 708 */ | |
| 709 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 711 p++; | |
| 712 if (p[0] == '*') | |
| 713 { | |
| 714 for (p++; *p; p++) | |
| 715 { | |
| 716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*') | |
| 717 { | |
| 718 /* | |
| 719 * End of C comment, indent should line up | |
| 720 * with the line containing the start of | |
| 721 * the comment | |
| 722 */ | |
| 723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
| 724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
| 725 { | |
| 726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 727 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 728 } | |
| 729 } | |
| 730 } | |
| 731 } | |
| 732 } | |
| 733 else /* Not a comment line */ | |
| 734 # endif | |
| 735 { | |
| 736 /* Find last non-blank in line */ | |
| 737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1; | |
| 738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 739 --p; | |
| 740 last_char = *p; | |
| 741 | |
| 742 /* | |
| 743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';' | |
| 744 */ | |
| 745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';') | |
| 746 { | |
| 747 if (p > ptr) | |
| 748 --p; | |
| 749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 750 --p; | |
| 751 } | |
| 752 /* | |
| 753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple | |
| 754 * lines. eg: | |
| 755 * if (condition && | |
| 756 * condition) { | |
| 757 * Should line up here! | |
| 758 * } | |
| 759 */ | |
| 760 if (*p == ')') | |
| 761 { | |
| 762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
| 763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 764 { | |
| 765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 766 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 767 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 768 } | |
| 769 } | |
| 770 /* | |
| 771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without | |
| 772 * checking for "if" and the like. | |
| 773 */ | |
| 774 if (last_char == '{') | |
| 775 { | |
| 776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */ | |
| 777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */ | |
| 778 } | |
| 779 /* | |
| 780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'. | |
| 781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or | |
| 782 * '}'. | |
| 783 */ | |
| 784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}' | |
| 785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr)) | |
| 786 did_si = TRUE; | |
| 787 } | |
| 788 } | |
| 789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */ | |
| 790 { | |
| 791 /* | |
| 792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
| 793 * recognised as comments. | |
| 794 */ | |
| 795 if ( | |
| 796 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 797 lead_len == 0 && | |
| 798 # endif | |
| 799 ptr[0] == '#') | |
| 800 { | |
| 801 int was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
| 802 | |
| 803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) && | |
| 804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 805 { | |
| 806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 807 was_backslashed = TRUE; | |
| 808 else | |
| 809 was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
| 810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 811 } | |
| 812 if (was_backslashed) | |
| 813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */ | |
| 814 else | |
| 815 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 816 } | |
| 817 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */ | |
| 819 did_si = TRUE; | |
| 820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */ | |
| 821 can_si_back = TRUE; | |
| 822 } | |
| 823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 824 } | |
| 825 if (do_si) | |
| 826 can_si = TRUE; | |
| 827 #endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */ | |
| 828 | |
| 829 did_ai = TRUE; | |
| 830 } | |
| 831 | |
| 832 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 833 /* | |
| 834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader. | |
| 835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line. | |
| 836 */ | |
| 837 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD); | |
| 840 else | |
| 841 lead_len = 0; | |
| 842 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 843 { | |
| 844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */ | |
| 845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */ | |
| 846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
| 847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */ | |
| 849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */ | |
| 850 int current_flag; | |
| 851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */ | |
| 852 char_u *p2; | |
| 853 | |
| 854 /* | |
| 855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not | |
| 856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader. | |
| 857 */ | |
| 858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
| 859 { | |
| 860 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
| 861 { | |
| 862 require_blank = TRUE; | |
| 863 continue; | |
| 864 } | |
| 865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 866 { | |
| 867 current_flag = *p; | |
| 868 if (*p == COM_START) | |
| 869 { | |
| 870 /* | |
| 871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader. | |
| 872 */ | |
| 873 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 874 { | |
| 875 lead_len = 0; | |
| 876 break; | |
| 877 } | |
| 878 | |
| 879 /* find start of middle part */ | |
| 880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 881 require_blank = FALSE; | |
| 882 } | |
| 883 | |
| 884 /* | |
| 885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader. | |
| 886 */ | |
| 887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 888 { | |
| 889 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
| 890 require_blank = TRUE; | |
| 891 ++p; | |
| 892 } | |
| 893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 894 | |
| 895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 896 { | |
| 897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
| 898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END) | |
| 899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
| 900 ++p; | |
| 901 } | |
| 902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 903 | |
| 904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */ | |
| 905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1]; | |
| 906 | |
| 907 /* | |
| 908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use | |
| 909 * the comment leader. | |
| 910 */ | |
| 911 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 912 { | |
| 913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p) | |
| 914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0) | |
| 915 { | |
| 916 comment_end = p; | |
| 917 lead_len = 0; | |
| 918 break; | |
| 919 } | |
| 920 } | |
| 921 | |
| 922 /* | |
| 923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader. | |
| 924 */ | |
| 925 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 926 { | |
| 927 if (current_flag == COM_START) | |
| 928 { | |
| 929 lead_repl = lead_middle; | |
| 930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
| 931 } | |
| 932 | |
| 933 /* | |
| 934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start | |
| 935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle | |
| 936 * comment leader on the next line. | |
| 937 */ | |
| 938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1]) | |
| 939 && ((p_extra != NULL | |
| 940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len) | |
| 941 || (p_extra == NULL | |
| 942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL) | |
| 943 || require_blank)) | |
| 944 extra_space = TRUE; | |
| 945 } | |
| 946 break; | |
| 947 } | |
| 948 if (*p == COM_END) | |
| 949 { | |
| 950 /* | |
| 951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader. | |
| 952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the | |
| 953 * start (for C-comments). | |
| 954 */ | |
| 955 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 956 { | |
| 957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line); | |
| 958 lead_len = 0; | |
| 959 break; | |
| 960 } | |
| 961 | |
| 962 /* | |
| 963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader. | |
| 964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards. | |
| 965 */ | |
| 966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',') | |
| 967 --p; | |
| 968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com | |
| 969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl) | |
| 970 ; | |
| 971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl); | |
| 972 | |
| 973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on | |
| 974 * the comment-end */ | |
| 975 extra_space = TRUE; | |
| 976 | |
| 977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
| 978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++) | |
| 979 { | |
| 980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END) | |
| 981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
| 982 } | |
| 983 if (end_comment_pending == -1) | |
| 984 { | |
| 985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */ | |
| 986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',') | |
| 987 p2++; | |
| 988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1]; | |
| 989 } | |
| 990 break; | |
| 991 } | |
| 992 if (*p == COM_FIRST) | |
| 993 { | |
| 994 /* | |
| 995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader | |
| 996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o". | |
| 997 */ | |
| 998 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 999 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1000 else | |
| 1001 { | |
| 1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)""; | |
| 1003 lead_repl_len = 0; | |
| 1004 } | |
| 1005 break; | |
| 1006 } | |
| 1007 } | |
| 1008 if (lead_len) | |
| 1009 { | |
| 1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */ | |
| 1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space + | |
| 1012 extra_len + 1); | |
| 1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */ | |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 if (leader == NULL) | |
| 1016 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1017 else | |
| 1018 { | |
| 419 | 1019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len); |
| 7 | 1020 |
| 1021 /* | |
| 1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted | |
| 1023 */ | |
| 1024 if (lead_repl != NULL) | |
| 1025 { | |
| 1026 int c = 0; | |
| 1027 int off = 0; | |
| 1028 | |
| 1996 | 1029 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; ) |
| 7 | 1030 { |
| 1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT) | |
| 1996 | 1032 c = *p++; |
| 7 | 1033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') |
| 1034 off = getdigits(&p); | |
| 1996 | 1035 else |
| 1036 ++p; | |
| 7 | 1037 } |
| 1038 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */ | |
| 1039 { | |
| 1040 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */ | |
| 1041 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader | |
| 1042 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p) | |
| 1043 ; | |
| 1044 ++p; | |
| 17 | 1045 |
| 1046 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1047 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
| 1048 * screen characters, not bytes. */ | |
| 1049 { | |
| 1050 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
| 1051 lead_repl_len); | |
| 1052 int old_size = 0; | |
| 1053 char_u *endp = p; | |
| 1054 int l; | |
| 1055 | |
| 1056 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader) | |
| 1057 { | |
| 39 | 1058 mb_ptr_back(leader, p); |
| 17 | 1059 old_size += ptr2cells(p); |
| 1060 } | |
| 835 | 1061 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p); |
| 17 | 1062 if (l != 0) |
| 1063 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp, | |
| 1064 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp)); | |
| 1065 lead_len += l; | |
| 1066 } | |
| 1067 #else | |
| 7 | 1068 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len) |
| 1069 p = leader; | |
| 1070 else | |
| 1071 p -= lead_repl_len; | |
| 17 | 1072 #endif |
| 7 | 1073 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
| 1074 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len) | |
| 1075 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL; | |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */ | |
| 1078 while (--p >= leader) | |
| 17 | 1079 { |
| 1080 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1081 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p); | |
| 1082 | |
| 1083 if (l > 1) | |
| 1084 { | |
| 1085 p -= l; | |
| 1086 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
| 1087 { | |
| 1088 p[1] = ' '; | |
| 1089 --l; | |
| 1090 } | |
| 1091 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1, | |
| 1092 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1))); | |
| 1093 lead_len -= l; | |
| 1094 *p = ' '; | |
| 1095 } | |
| 1096 else | |
| 1097 #endif | |
| 7 | 1098 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) |
| 1099 *p = ' '; | |
| 17 | 1100 } |
| 7 | 1101 } |
| 1102 else /* left adjusted leader */ | |
| 1103 { | |
| 1104 p = skipwhite(leader); | |
| 17 | 1105 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 1106 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
| 1107 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is | |
| 1108 * not to be overwritten. */ | |
| 1109 { | |
| 1110 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
| 1111 lead_repl_len); | |
| 1112 int i; | |
| 1113 int l; | |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l) | |
| 1116 { | |
| 474 | 1117 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); |
| 17 | 1118 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size) |
| 1119 break; | |
| 1120 } | |
| 1121 if (i != lead_repl_len) | |
| 1122 { | |
| 1123 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i, | |
| 2002 | 1124 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader))); |
| 17 | 1125 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i; |
| 1126 } | |
| 1127 } | |
| 1128 #endif | |
| 7 | 1129 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
| 1130 | |
| 1131 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old | |
| 1132 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must | |
| 1133 * remain the same. */ | |
| 1134 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p) | |
| 1135 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 1136 { | |
| 1137 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */ | |
| 1138 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB) | |
| 1139 { | |
| 1140 --lead_len; | |
| 1141 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, | |
| 1142 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
| 1143 } | |
| 1144 else | |
| 17 | 1145 { |
| 1146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1147 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 17 | 1148 |
| 1149 if (l > 1) | |
| 1150 { | |
| 1151 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
| 1152 { | |
| 1153 /* Replace a double-wide char with | |
| 1154 * two spaces */ | |
| 1155 --l; | |
| 1156 *p++ = ' '; | |
| 1157 } | |
| 1158 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l, | |
| 1159 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
| 1160 lead_len -= l - 1; | |
| 1161 } | |
| 1162 #endif | |
| 7 | 1163 *p = ' '; |
| 17 | 1164 } |
| 7 | 1165 } |
| 1166 *p = NUL; | |
| 1167 } | |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */ | |
| 1170 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 1171 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1172 || do_si | |
| 1173 #endif | |
| 1174 ) | |
| 1175 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 1176 | |
| 1177 /* Add the indent offset */ | |
| 1178 if (newindent + off < 0) | |
| 1179 { | |
| 1180 off = -newindent; | |
| 1181 newindent = 0; | |
| 1182 } | |
| 1183 else | |
| 1184 newindent += off; | |
| 1185 | |
| 1186 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that | |
| 1187 * alignment remains equal. */ | |
| 1188 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0 | |
| 1189 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ') | |
| 1190 { | |
| 1191 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */ | |
| 1192 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL) | |
| 1193 break; | |
| 1194 --lead_len; | |
| 1195 --off; | |
| 1196 } | |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an | |
| 1199 * extra space */ | |
| 1200 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1])) | |
| 1201 extra_space = FALSE; | |
| 1202 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
| 1203 } | |
| 1204 | |
| 1205 if (extra_space) | |
| 1206 { | |
| 1207 leader[lead_len++] = ' '; | |
| 1208 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
| 1209 } | |
| 1210 | |
| 1211 newcol = lead_len; | |
| 1212 | |
| 1213 /* | |
| 1214 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that | |
| 1215 * is in the comment leader | |
| 1216 */ | |
| 1217 if (newindent | |
| 1218 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1219 || did_si | |
| 1220 #endif | |
| 1221 ) | |
| 1222 { | |
| 1223 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader)) | |
| 1224 { | |
| 1225 --lead_len; | |
| 1226 --newcol; | |
| 1227 ++leader; | |
| 1228 } | |
| 1229 } | |
| 1230 | |
| 1231 } | |
| 1232 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1233 did_si = can_si = FALSE; | |
| 1234 #endif | |
| 1235 } | |
| 1236 else if (comment_end != NULL) | |
| 1237 { | |
| 1238 /* | |
| 1239 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader. | |
| 1240 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal | |
| 1241 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the | |
| 1242 * comment. | |
| 1243 */ | |
| 1244 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' && | |
| 1245 (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 1246 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1247 || do_si | |
| 1248 #endif | |
| 1249 )) | |
| 1250 { | |
| 1251 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1252 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line); | |
| 1253 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
| 1254 { | |
| 1255 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 1256 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 1257 } | |
| 1258 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 1259 } | |
| 1260 } | |
| 1261 } | |
| 1262 #endif | |
| 1263 | |
| 1264 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */ | |
| 1265 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
| 1266 { | |
| 1267 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */ | |
| 1268 | |
| 1269 /* | |
| 1270 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first | |
| 1271 * non-blank. | |
| 1272 * | |
| 1273 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack, | |
| 1274 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered. | |
| 1275 */ | |
| 1276 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1277 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */ | |
| 1278 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES)) | |
| 1279 { | |
| 1280 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t') | |
| 1281 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1282 && (!enc_utf8 | |
| 1283 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1))) | |
| 1284 #endif | |
| 1285 ) | |
| 1286 { | |
| 1287 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1288 replace_push(*p_extra); | |
| 1289 ++p_extra; | |
| 1290 ++less_cols_off; | |
| 1291 } | |
| 1292 } | |
| 1293 if (*p_extra != NUL) | |
| 1294 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */ | |
| 1295 | |
| 1296 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */ | |
| 1297 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line); | |
| 1298 } | |
| 1299 | |
| 1300 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
| 1301 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */ | |
| 1302 | |
| 1303 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1304 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */ | |
| 1305 if (lead_len) | |
| 1306 { | |
| 1307 STRCAT(leader, p_extra); | |
| 1308 p_extra = leader; | |
| 1309 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */ | |
| 1310 less_cols -= lead_len; | |
| 1311 } | |
| 1312 else | |
| 1313 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */ | |
| 1314 #endif | |
| 1315 | |
| 1316 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1317 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 1318 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1319 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1320 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count) | |
| 1321 #endif | |
| 1322 { | |
| 1323 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) | |
| 1324 == FAIL) | |
| 1325 goto theend; | |
| 1326 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding | |
| 1327 * with markers. */ | |
| 1328 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L); | |
| 1329 did_append = TRUE; | |
| 1330 } | |
| 1331 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1332 else | |
| 1333 { | |
| 1334 /* | |
| 1335 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line. | |
| 1336 */ | |
| 1337 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
| 1338 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed) | |
| 1339 { | |
| 1340 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL | |
| 1341 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice. | |
| 1342 */ | |
| 1343 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */ | |
| 1344 vr_lines_changed++; | |
| 1345 } | |
| 1346 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE); | |
| 1347 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
| 1348 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 1349 did_append = FALSE; | |
| 1350 } | |
| 1351 #endif | |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 if (newindent | |
| 1354 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1355 || did_si | |
| 1356 #endif | |
| 1357 ) | |
| 1358 { | |
| 1359 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1360 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1361 if (did_si) | |
| 1362 { | |
| 1363 if (p_sr) | |
| 1364 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 1365 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 1366 } | |
| 1367 #endif | |
| 1324 | 1368 /* Copy the indent */ |
| 1369 if (curbuf->b_p_ci) | |
| 7 | 1370 { |
| 1371 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line); | |
| 1372 | |
| 1373 /* | |
| 1374 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing | |
| 1375 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve | |
| 1376 * it. It gets restored at the function end. | |
| 1377 */ | |
| 1378 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE; | |
| 1379 } | |
| 1380 else | |
| 1381 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT); | |
| 1382 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 /* | |
| 1387 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must | |
| 1388 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS | |
| 1389 */ | |
| 1390 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1391 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n) | |
| 1392 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1393 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1394 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1395 if (no_si) | |
| 1396 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 1397 #endif | |
| 1398 } | |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1401 /* | |
| 1402 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be | |
| 1403 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS. | |
| 1404 */ | |
| 1405 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1406 while (lead_len-- > 0) | |
| 1407 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1408 #endif | |
| 1409 | |
| 1410 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 1413 { | |
| 1414 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT)) | |
| 1415 { | |
| 1416 /* truncate current line at cursor */ | |
| 1417 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 1418 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */ | |
| 1419 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL)) | |
| 1420 truncate_spaces(saved_line); | |
| 1421 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE); | |
| 1422 saved_line = NULL; | |
| 1423 if (did_append) | |
| 1424 { | |
| 1425 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 1426 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L); | |
| 1427 did_append = FALSE; | |
| 1428 | |
| 1429 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */ | |
| 1430 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX) | |
| 1431 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 1432 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off, | |
| 1433 1L, (long)-less_cols); | |
| 1434 } | |
| 1435 else | |
| 1436 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 1437 } | |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 /* | |
| 1440 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may | |
| 1441 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor. | |
| 1442 */ | |
| 1443 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1; | |
| 1444 } | |
| 1445 if (did_append) | |
| 1446 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L); | |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol; | |
| 1449 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1450 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1451 #endif | |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 1454 /* | |
| 1455 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop | |
| 1456 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in | |
| 1457 * normal INSERT mode. | |
| 1458 */ | |
| 1459 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1460 { | |
| 1461 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */ | |
| 1462 State = INSERT; | |
| 1463 } | |
| 1464 else | |
| 1465 vreplace_mode = 0; | |
| 1466 #endif | |
| 1467 #ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 1468 /* | |
| 1469 * May do lisp indenting. | |
| 1470 */ | |
| 1471 if (!p_paste | |
| 1472 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1473 && leader == NULL | |
| 1474 # endif | |
| 1475 && curbuf->b_p_lisp | |
| 1476 && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 1477 { | |
| 1478 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 1479 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1480 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
| 1481 } | |
| 1482 #endif | |
| 1483 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1484 /* | |
| 1485 * May do indenting after opening a new line. | |
| 1486 */ | |
| 1487 if (!p_paste | |
| 1488 && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 1489 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 1490 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 1491 # endif | |
| 1492 ) | |
| 1493 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD | |
| 1494 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 1495 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) | |
| 1496 { | |
| 1497 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1498 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1499 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
| 1500 } | |
| 1501 #endif | |
| 1502 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 1503 if (vreplace_mode != 0) | |
| 1504 State = vreplace_mode; | |
| 1505 #endif | |
| 1506 | |
| 1507 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1508 /* | |
| 1509 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the | |
| 1510 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff | |
| 1511 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()). | |
| 1512 */ | |
| 1513 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1514 { | |
| 1515 /* Put new line in p_extra */ | |
| 1516 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 1517 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
| 1518 goto theend; | |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 1521 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE); | |
| 1522 | |
| 1523 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 1524 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1525 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1526 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1527 #endif | |
| 1528 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */ | |
| 1529 vim_free(p_extra); | |
| 1530 next_line = NULL; | |
| 1531 } | |
| 1532 #endif | |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 retval = TRUE; /* success! */ | |
| 1535 theend: | |
| 1536 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi; | |
| 1537 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 1538 vim_free(next_line); | |
| 1539 vim_free(allocated); | |
| 1540 return retval; | |
| 1541 } | |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1544 /* | |
| 1545 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string | |
| 1546 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is | |
| 1547 * returned. | |
| 1548 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized | |
| 1549 * comment leader. | |
| 1550 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command. | |
| 1551 */ | |
| 1552 int | |
| 1553 get_leader_len(line, flags, backward) | |
| 1554 char_u *line; | |
| 1555 char_u **flags; | |
| 1556 int backward; | |
| 1557 { | |
| 1558 int i, j; | |
| 1559 int got_com = FALSE; | |
| 1560 int found_one; | |
| 1561 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1562 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */ | |
| 1563 char_u *list; | |
| 2809 | 1564 int middle_match_len = 0; |
| 1565 char_u *prev_list; | |
| 2813 | 1566 char_u *saved_flags = NULL; |
| 7 | 1567 |
| 1568 i = 0; | |
| 1569 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */ | |
| 1570 ++i; | |
| 1571 | |
| 1572 /* | |
| 1573 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings. | |
| 1574 */ | |
| 2809 | 1575 while (line[i] != NUL) |
| 7 | 1576 { |
| 1577 /* | |
| 1578 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match | |
| 1579 */ | |
| 1580 found_one = FALSE; | |
| 1581 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1582 { | |
| 2809 | 1583 /* Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance "list" to next |
| 1584 * one. Put "string" at start of string. */ | |
| 1585 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) | |
| 1586 *flags = list; /* remember where flags started */ | |
| 1587 prev_list = list; | |
| 7 | 1588 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); |
| 1589 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':'); | |
| 1590 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */ | |
| 1591 continue; | |
| 1592 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */ | |
| 1593 | |
| 2809 | 1594 /* If we found a middle match previously, use that match when this |
| 1595 * is not a middle or end. */ | |
| 1596 if (middle_match_len != 0 | |
| 1597 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) == NULL | |
| 1598 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_END) == NULL) | |
| 1599 break; | |
| 1600 | |
| 1601 /* When we already found a nested comment, only accept further | |
| 1602 * nested comments. */ | |
| 7 | 1603 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) |
| 1604 continue; | |
| 1605 | |
| 2809 | 1606 /* When 'O' flag present and using "O" command skip this one. */ |
| 7 | 1607 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL) |
| 1608 continue; | |
| 1609 | |
| 2809 | 1610 /* Line contents and string must match. |
| 7 | 1611 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space |
| 1612 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of | |
| 2809 | 1613 * TABs and spaces). */ |
| 7 | 1614 if (vim_iswhite(string[0])) |
| 1615 { | |
| 1616 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1])) | |
| 2809 | 1617 continue; /* missing shite space */ |
| 7 | 1618 while (vim_iswhite(string[0])) |
| 1619 ++string; | |
| 1620 } | |
| 1621 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j) | |
| 1622 ; | |
| 1623 if (string[j] != NUL) | |
| 2809 | 1624 continue; /* string doesn't match */ |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 /* When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an | |
| 1627 * end-of-line after the string in the line. */ | |
| 7 | 1628 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL |
| 1629 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL) | |
| 1630 continue; | |
| 1631 | |
| 2809 | 1632 /* We have found a match, stop searching unless this is a middle |
| 1633 * comment. The middle comment can be a substring of the end | |
| 1634 * comment in which case it's better to return the length of the | |
| 1635 * end comment and its flags. Thus we keep searching with middle | |
| 1636 * and end matches and use an end match if it matches better. */ | |
| 1637 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) | |
| 1638 { | |
| 1639 if (middle_match_len == 0) | |
| 1640 { | |
| 1641 middle_match_len = j; | |
| 1642 saved_flags = prev_list; | |
| 1643 } | |
| 1644 continue; | |
| 1645 } | |
| 1646 if (middle_match_len != 0 && j > middle_match_len) | |
| 1647 /* Use this match instead of the middle match, since it's a | |
| 1648 * longer thus better match. */ | |
| 1649 middle_match_len = 0; | |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 if (middle_match_len == 0) | |
| 1652 i += j; | |
| 7 | 1653 found_one = TRUE; |
| 1654 break; | |
| 1655 } | |
| 1656 | |
| 2809 | 1657 if (middle_match_len != 0) |
| 1658 { | |
| 1659 /* Use the previously found middle match after failing to find a | |
| 1660 * match with an end. */ | |
| 1661 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) | |
| 1662 *flags = saved_flags; | |
| 1663 i += middle_match_len; | |
| 1664 found_one = TRUE; | |
| 1665 } | |
| 1666 | |
| 1667 /* No match found, stop scanning. */ | |
| 7 | 1668 if (!found_one) |
| 1669 break; | |
| 1670 | |
| 2809 | 1671 /* Include any trailing white space. */ |
| 7 | 1672 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) |
| 1673 ++i; | |
| 1674 | |
| 2809 | 1675 /* If this comment doesn't nest, stop here. */ |
| 1676 got_com = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 1677 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) |
| 1678 break; | |
| 1679 } | |
| 2809 | 1680 |
| 7 | 1681 return (got_com ? i : 0); |
| 1682 } | |
| 1683 #endif | |
| 1684 | |
| 1685 /* | |
| 1686 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum". | |
| 1687 */ | |
| 1688 int | |
| 1689 plines(lnum) | |
| 1690 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1691 { | |
| 1692 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1693 } | |
| 1694 | |
| 1695 int | |
| 1696 plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
| 1697 win_T *wp; | |
| 1698 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1699 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
| 1700 { | |
| 1701 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1702 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
| 1703 * is one line anyway. */ | |
| 1704 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
| 1705 } | |
| 1706 | |
| 1707 int | |
| 1708 plines_nofill(lnum) | |
| 1709 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1710 { | |
| 1711 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1712 } | |
| 1713 | |
| 1714 int | |
| 1715 plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
| 1716 win_T *wp; | |
| 1717 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1718 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
| 1719 { | |
| 1720 #endif | |
| 1721 int lines; | |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 1724 return 1; | |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1727 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 1728 return 1; | |
| 1729 #endif | |
| 1730 | |
| 1731 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1732 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */ | |
| 1733 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */ | |
| 1734 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE) | |
| 1735 return 1; | |
| 1736 #endif | |
| 1737 | |
| 1738 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum); | |
| 1739 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height) | |
| 1740 return (int)wp->w_height; | |
| 1741 return lines; | |
| 1742 } | |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 /* | |
| 1745 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window | |
| 1746 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'. | |
| 1747 */ | |
| 1748 int | |
| 1749 plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum) | |
| 1750 win_T *wp; | |
| 1751 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1752 { | |
| 1753 char_u *s; | |
| 1754 long col; | |
| 1755 int width; | |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1758 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */ | |
| 1759 return 1; | |
| 1760 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 1761 | |
| 1762 /* | |
| 1763 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one | |
| 1764 * extra column. | |
| 1765 */ | |
| 1766 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL) | |
| 1767 col += 1; | |
| 1768 | |
| 1769 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1770 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'. |
| 7 | 1771 */ |
| 1772 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
| 1773 if (width <= 0) | |
| 1774 return 32000; | |
| 1775 if (col <= width) | |
| 1776 return 1; | |
| 1777 col -= width; | |
| 1778 width += win_col_off2(wp); | |
| 1779 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1; | |
| 1780 } | |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 /* | |
| 1783 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines | |
| 1784 * used from the start of the line to the given column number. | |
| 1785 */ | |
| 1786 int | |
| 1787 plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column) | |
| 1788 win_T *wp; | |
| 1789 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1790 long column; | |
| 1791 { | |
| 1792 long col; | |
| 1793 char_u *s; | |
| 1794 int lines = 0; | |
| 1795 int width; | |
| 1796 | |
| 1797 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1798 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
| 1799 * is one line anyway. */ | |
| 1800 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
| 1801 #endif | |
| 1802 | |
| 1803 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 1804 return lines + 1; | |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1807 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 1808 return lines + 1; | |
| 1809 #endif | |
| 1810 | |
| 1811 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 col = 0; | |
| 1814 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0) | |
| 1815 { | |
| 1816 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL); | |
| 39 | 1817 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 1818 } |
| 1819 | |
| 1820 /* | |
| 1821 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in | |
| 1822 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last | |
| 1823 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps | |
| 1824 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of | |
| 1825 * 'ts') -- webb. | |
| 1826 */ | |
| 1827 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
| 1828 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1; | |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1831 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc. |
| 7 | 1832 */ |
| 1833 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
| 1023 | 1834 if (width <= 0) |
| 1835 return 9999; | |
| 1836 | |
| 1837 lines += 1; | |
| 1838 if (col > width) | |
| 1839 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1; | |
| 1840 return lines; | |
| 7 | 1841 } |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 int | |
| 1844 plines_m_win(wp, first, last) | |
| 1845 win_T *wp; | |
| 1846 linenr_T first, last; | |
| 1847 { | |
| 1848 int count = 0; | |
| 1849 | |
| 1850 while (first <= last) | |
| 1851 { | |
| 1852 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1853 int x; | |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines | |
| 1856 * that are maybe folded. */ | |
| 1857 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL); | |
| 1858 if (x > 0) | |
| 1859 { | |
| 1860 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */ | |
| 1861 first += x; | |
| 1862 } | |
| 1863 else | |
| 1864 #endif | |
| 1865 { | |
| 1866 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1867 if (first == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1868 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1869 else | |
| 1870 #endif | |
| 1871 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE); | |
| 1872 ++first; | |
| 1873 } | |
| 1874 } | |
| 1875 return (count); | |
| 1876 } | |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1879 /* | |
| 1880 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte. | |
| 1881 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
| 1882 */ | |
| 1883 void | |
| 1884 ins_bytes(p) | |
| 1885 char_u *p; | |
| 1886 { | |
| 1887 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p)); | |
| 1888 } | |
| 1889 #endif | |
| 1890 | |
| 1891 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 1892 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1893 /* | |
| 1894 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position. | |
| 1895 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
| 1896 */ | |
| 1897 void | |
| 1898 ins_bytes_len(p, len) | |
| 1899 char_u *p; | |
| 1900 int len; | |
| 1901 { | |
| 1902 int i; | |
| 1903 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1904 int n; | |
| 1905 | |
| 1617 | 1906 if (has_mbyte) |
| 1907 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n) | |
| 1908 { | |
| 1909 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 1910 /* avoid reading past p[len] */ | |
| 1911 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i); | |
| 1912 else | |
| 1913 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); | |
| 1914 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n); | |
| 1915 } | |
| 1916 else | |
| 7 | 1917 # endif |
| 1617 | 1918 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 1919 ins_char(p[i]); | |
| 7 | 1920 } |
| 1921 #endif | |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 /* | |
| 1924 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position. | |
| 1925 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character. | |
| 1926 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 1927 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must | |
| 1928 * convert bytes to a character. | |
| 1929 */ | |
| 1930 void | |
| 1931 ins_char(c) | |
| 1932 int c; | |
| 1933 { | |
| 1934 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3549 | 1935 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7 | 1936 int n; |
| 1937 | |
| 1938 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 1939 | |
| 1940 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte. | |
| 1941 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */ | |
| 1942 if (buf[0] == 0) | |
| 1943 buf[0] = '\n'; | |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 ins_char_bytes(buf, n); | |
| 1946 } | |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 void | |
| 1949 ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen) | |
| 1950 char_u *buf; | |
| 1951 int charlen; | |
| 1952 { | |
| 1953 int c = buf[0]; | |
| 1954 #endif | |
| 1955 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */ | |
| 1956 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */ | |
| 1957 char_u *p; | |
| 1958 char_u *newp; | |
| 1959 char_u *oldp; | |
| 1960 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */ | |
| 1961 colnr_T col; | |
| 1962 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1963 int i; | |
| 1964 | |
| 1965 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1966 /* Break tabs if needed. */ | |
| 1967 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 1968 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 1969 #endif | |
| 1970 | |
| 1971 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1972 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 1973 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1; | |
| 1974 | |
| 1975 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */ | |
| 1976 oldlen = 0; | |
| 1977 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1978 newlen = charlen; | |
| 1979 #else | |
| 1980 newlen = 1; | |
| 1981 #endif | |
| 1982 | |
| 1983 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1984 { | |
| 1985 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1986 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1987 { | |
| 1988 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1989 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 1990 int old_list; | |
| 1991 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1992 char_u buf[2]; | |
| 1993 #endif | |
| 1994 | |
| 1995 /* | |
| 1996 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 1997 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished, | |
| 1998 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this. | |
| 1999 */ | |
| 2000 old_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 2001 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 2002 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 /* | |
| 2005 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more | |
| 2006 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to | |
| 2007 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen | |
| 2008 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap. | |
| 2009 */ | |
| 2010 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL); | |
| 2011 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2012 buf[0] = c; | |
| 2013 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 2014 #endif | |
| 2015 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol); | |
| 2016 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol) | |
| 2017 { | |
| 2018 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol); | |
| 2019 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right | |
| 2020 * position. */ | |
| 2021 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB) | |
| 2022 break; | |
| 2023 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 2024 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen); |
| 7 | 2025 #else |
| 2026 ++oldlen; | |
| 2027 #endif | |
| 2028 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */ | |
| 2029 if (vcol > new_vcol) | |
| 2030 newlen += vcol - new_vcol; | |
| 2031 } | |
| 2032 curwin->w_p_list = old_list; | |
| 2033 } | |
| 2034 else | |
| 2035 #endif | |
| 2036 if (oldp[col] != NUL) | |
| 2037 { | |
| 2038 /* normal replace */ | |
| 2039 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 2040 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col); |
| 7 | 2041 #else |
| 2042 oldlen = 1; | |
| 2043 #endif | |
| 2044 } | |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be | |
| 2048 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are | |
| 2049 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off | |
| 2050 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */ | |
| 2051 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 2052 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i) | |
| 2053 { | |
| 2054 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1470 | 2055 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2056 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1; | |
| 2057 else | |
| 2058 #endif | |
| 2059 replace_push(oldp[col + i]); | |
| 7 | 2060 } |
| 2061 } | |
| 2062 | |
| 2063 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen)); | |
| 2064 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2065 return; | |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */ | |
| 2068 if (col > 0) | |
| 2069 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */ | |
| 2072 p = newp + col; | |
| 2073 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen, | |
| 2074 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen)); | |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */ | |
| 2077 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2078 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen); | |
| 2079 i = charlen; | |
| 2080 #else | |
| 2081 *p = c; | |
| 2082 i = 1; | |
| 2083 #endif | |
| 2084 | |
| 2085 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */ | |
| 2086 while (i < newlen) | |
| 2087 p[i++] = ' '; | |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */ | |
| 2090 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2093 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 2094 | |
| 2095 /* | |
| 2096 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly | |
| 2097 * show the match for right parens and braces. | |
| 2098 */ | |
| 2099 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT) | |
| 2100 && msg_silent == 0 | |
| 2101 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2102 && charlen == 1 | |
| 2103 #endif | |
| 674 | 2104 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 2105 && !ins_compl_active() | |
| 2106 #endif | |
| 7 | 2107 ) |
| 2108 showmatch(c); | |
| 2109 | |
| 2110 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2111 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 2112 #endif | |
| 2113 { | |
| 2114 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */ | |
| 2115 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2116 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen; | |
| 2117 #else | |
| 2118 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2119 #endif | |
| 2120 } | |
| 2121 /* | |
| 2122 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later. | |
| 2123 */ | |
| 2124 } | |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 /* | |
| 2127 * Insert a string at the cursor position. | |
| 2128 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode. | |
| 2129 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2130 */ | |
| 2131 void | |
| 2132 ins_str(s) | |
| 2133 char_u *s; | |
| 2134 { | |
| 2135 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
| 2136 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 2137 int oldlen; | |
| 2138 colnr_T col; | |
| 2139 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2142 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 2143 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 2144 #endif | |
| 2145 | |
| 2146 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2147 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2148 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2149 | |
| 2150 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1)); | |
| 2151 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2152 return; | |
| 2153 if (col > 0) | |
| 2154 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2155 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen); | |
| 2156 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1)); | |
| 2157 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2158 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 2159 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen; | |
| 2160 } | |
| 2161 | |
| 2162 /* | |
| 2163 * Delete one character under the cursor. | |
| 2164 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2165 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2166 * | |
| 2167 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2168 */ | |
| 2169 int | |
| 2170 del_char(fixpos) | |
| 2171 int fixpos; | |
| 2172 { | |
| 2173 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2174 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2175 { | |
| 2176 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */ | |
| 2177 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 2178 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 2179 return FAIL; | |
| 2180 return del_chars(1L, fixpos); | |
| 2181 } | |
| 2182 #endif | |
| 610 | 2183 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2184 } |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2187 /* | |
| 2188 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes. | |
| 2189 */ | |
| 2190 int | |
| 2191 del_chars(count, fixpos) | |
| 2192 long count; | |
| 2193 int fixpos; | |
| 2194 { | |
| 2195 long bytes = 0; | |
| 2196 long i; | |
| 2197 char_u *p; | |
| 2198 int l; | |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 2201 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i) | |
| 2202 { | |
| 474 | 2203 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 2204 bytes += l; |
| 2205 p += l; | |
| 2206 } | |
| 610 | 2207 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2208 } |
| 2209 #endif | |
| 2210 | |
| 2211 /* | |
| 2212 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor. | |
| 2213 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2214 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2215 * | |
| 2216 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2217 */ | |
| 2218 int | |
| 777 | 2219 del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine) |
| 7 | 2220 long count; |
| 777 | 2221 int fixpos_arg; |
| 1877 | 2222 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */ |
| 7 | 2223 { |
| 2224 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
| 2225 colnr_T oldlen; | |
| 2226 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2227 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2228 int was_alloced; | |
| 2229 long movelen; | |
| 777 | 2230 int fixpos = fixpos_arg; |
| 7 | 2231 |
| 2232 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2233 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2234 | |
| 2235 /* | |
| 2236 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2237 */ | |
| 2238 if (col >= oldlen) | |
| 2239 return FAIL; | |
| 2240 | |
| 2241 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2242 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only | |
| 2243 * delete the last combining character. */ | |
| 610 | 2244 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8 |
| 2245 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count) | |
| 7 | 2246 { |
| 714 | 2247 int cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 2248 int n; |
| 2249 | |
| 714 | 2250 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc); |
| 2251 if (cc[0] != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2252 { |
| 2253 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */ | |
| 2254 n = col; | |
| 2255 do | |
| 2256 { | |
| 2257 col = n; | |
| 474 | 2258 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n); |
| 7 | 2259 n += count; |
| 2260 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n)); | |
| 2261 fixpos = 0; | |
| 2262 } | |
| 2263 } | |
| 2264 #endif | |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 /* | |
| 2267 * When count is too big, reduce it. | |
| 2268 */ | |
| 2269 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */ | |
| 2270 if (movelen <= 1) | |
| 2271 { | |
| 2272 /* | |
| 2273 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and | |
| 777 | 2274 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL, |
| 2275 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore". | |
| 7 | 2276 */ |
| 777 | 2277 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0 |
| 2278 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2279 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 2280 #endif | |
| 2281 ) | |
| 7 | 2282 { |
| 2283 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2284 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2285 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 2286 #endif | |
| 2287 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2288 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2289 curwin->w_cursor.col -= | |
| 2290 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2291 #endif | |
| 2292 } | |
| 2293 count = oldlen - col; | |
| 2294 movelen = 1; | |
| 2295 } | |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 /* | |
| 2298 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the | |
| 2299 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated | |
| 1532 | 2300 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke |
| 2301 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
2302 * care of notifying Netbeans. |
| 7 | 2303 */ |
| 2304 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 2305 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 1532 | 2306 was_alloced = FALSE; |
| 2307 else | |
| 2308 #endif | |
| 2309 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */ | |
| 7 | 2310 if (was_alloced) |
| 2311 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */ | |
| 2312 else | |
| 2313 { /* need to allocate a new line */ | |
| 2314 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count)); | |
| 2315 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2316 return FAIL; | |
| 2317 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2318 } | |
| 2319 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen); | |
| 2320 if (!was_alloced) | |
| 2321 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2322 | |
| 2323 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2324 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 return OK; | |
| 2327 } | |
| 2328 | |
| 2329 /* | |
| 2330 * Delete from cursor to end of line. | |
| 2331 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2332 * | |
| 2333 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2334 */ | |
| 2335 int | |
| 2336 truncate_line(fixpos) | |
| 2337 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */ | |
| 2338 { | |
| 2339 char_u *newp; | |
| 2340 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2341 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2342 | |
| 2343 if (col == 0) | |
| 2344 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
| 2345 else | |
| 2346 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col); | |
| 2347 | |
| 2348 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2349 return FAIL; | |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2352 | |
| 2353 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2354 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2355 | |
| 2356 /* | |
| 2357 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL. | |
| 2358 */ | |
| 2359 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 2360 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2361 | |
| 2362 return OK; | |
| 2363 } | |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 /* | |
| 2366 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor. | |
| 2367 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE. | |
| 2368 */ | |
| 2369 void | |
| 2370 del_lines(nlines, undo) | |
| 2371 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */ | |
| 2372 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */ | |
| 2373 { | |
| 2374 long n; | |
| 1929 | 2375 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 7 | 2376 |
| 2377 if (nlines <= 0) | |
| 2378 return; | |
| 2379 | |
| 2380 /* save the deleted lines for undo */ | |
| 1929 | 2381 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 2382 return; |
| 2383 | |
| 2384 for (n = 0; n < nlines; ) | |
| 2385 { | |
| 2386 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */ | |
| 2387 break; | |
| 2388 | |
| 1929 | 2389 ml_delete(first, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2390 ++n; |
| 2391 | |
| 2392 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */ | |
| 1929 | 2393 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 7 | 2394 break; |
| 2395 } | |
| 1929 | 2396 |
| 2397 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may | |
| 2398 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 2399 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 2400 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
| 1929 | 2401 |
| 2402 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2403 deleted_lines_mark(first, n); | |
| 7 | 2404 } |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 int | |
| 2407 gchar_pos(pos) | |
| 2408 pos_T *pos; | |
| 2409 { | |
| 2410 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos); | |
| 2411 | |
| 2412 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2413 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2414 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 2415 #endif | |
| 2416 return (int)*ptr; | |
| 2417 } | |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 int | |
| 2420 gchar_cursor() | |
| 2421 { | |
| 2422 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2423 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2424 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2425 #endif | |
| 2426 return (int)*ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 2427 } | |
| 2428 | |
| 2429 /* | |
| 2430 * Write a character at the current cursor position. | |
| 2431 * It is directly written into the block. | |
| 2432 */ | |
| 2433 void | |
| 2434 pchar_cursor(c) | |
| 2435 int c; | |
| 2436 { | |
| 2437 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE) | |
| 2438 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c; | |
| 2439 } | |
| 2440 | |
| 2441 /* | |
| 2442 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first | |
| 2443 * non-blank in the line. | |
| 2444 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in | |
| 2445 * the line. | |
| 2446 */ | |
| 2447 int | |
| 2448 inindent(extra) | |
| 2449 int extra; | |
| 2450 { | |
| 2451 char_u *ptr; | |
| 2452 colnr_T col; | |
| 2453 | |
| 2454 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col) | |
| 2455 ++ptr; | |
| 2456 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra) | |
| 2457 return TRUE; | |
| 2458 else | |
| 2459 return FALSE; | |
| 2460 } | |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 /* | |
| 2463 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma. | |
| 2464 */ | |
| 2465 char_u * | |
| 2466 skip_to_option_part(p) | |
| 2467 char_u *p; | |
| 2468 { | |
| 2469 if (*p == ',') | |
| 2470 ++p; | |
| 2471 while (*p == ' ') | |
| 2472 ++p; | |
| 2473 return p; | |
| 2474 } | |
| 2475 | |
| 2476 /* | |
| 2189 | 2477 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed. |
| 7 | 2478 * |
| 2479 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also | |
| 2480 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn. | |
| 2189 | 2481 * |
| 2482 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
| 7 | 2483 */ |
| 2484 void | |
| 2485 changed() | |
| 2486 { | |
| 2487 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) | |
| 2488 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't | |
| 2489 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the | |
| 2490 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */ | |
| 2491 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting) | |
| 2492 return; | |
| 2493 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE; | |
| 2494 #endif | |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 if (!curbuf->b_changed) | |
| 2497 { | |
| 2498 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll; | |
| 2499 | |
| 819 | 2500 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also |
| 2501 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */ | |
| 7 | 2502 change_warning(0); |
| 819 | 2503 |
| 7 | 2504 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted. |
| 2505 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */ | |
| 2506 if (curbuf->b_may_swap | |
| 2507 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 2508 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf) | |
| 2509 #endif | |
| 2510 ) | |
| 2511 { | |
| 2512 ml_open_file(curbuf); | |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message. | |
| 2515 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected | |
| 2516 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now, | |
| 2517 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */ | |
| 2518 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2519 { | |
| 2520 out_flush(); | |
| 2521 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE); | |
| 2522 wait_return(TRUE); | |
| 2523 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll; | |
| 2524 } | |
| 2525 } | |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2526 changed_int(); |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2527 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2528 ++curbuf->b_changedtick; |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2529 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2530 |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2531 /* |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2532 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction. |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2533 */ |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2534 void |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2535 changed_int() |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2536 { |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2537 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE; |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2538 ml_setflags(curbuf); |
|
2165
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2539 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2540 check_status(curbuf); |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2541 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
|
2165
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2542 #endif |
|
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2543 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2544 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2545 #endif |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2546 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2547 |
| 265 | 2548 static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum)); |
| 2549 static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); | |
| 7 | 2550 static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); |
| 2551 | |
| 2552 /* | |
| 2553 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer. | |
| 2554 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
| 2555 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
| 2556 * - invalidates cached values | |
| 2189 | 2557 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2558 */ |
| 2559 void | |
| 2560 changed_bytes(lnum, col) | |
| 2561 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2562 colnr_T col; | |
| 2563 { | |
| 265 | 2564 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum); |
| 7 | 2565 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L); |
| 265 | 2566 |
| 2567 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2568 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */ | |
| 2569 if (curwin->w_p_diff) | |
| 2570 { | |
| 2571 win_T *wp; | |
| 2572 linenr_T wlnum; | |
| 2573 | |
| 2574 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2575 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
| 2576 { | |
| 2577 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 2578 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
| 2579 if (wlnum > 0) | |
| 2580 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum); | |
| 2581 } | |
| 2582 } | |
| 2583 #endif | |
| 7 | 2584 } |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 static void | |
| 265 | 2587 changedOneline(buf, lnum) |
| 2588 buf_T *buf; | |
| 7 | 2589 linenr_T lnum; |
| 2590 { | |
| 265 | 2591 if (buf->b_mod_set) |
| 7 | 2592 { |
| 2593 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2594 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
| 2595 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2596 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 2597 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
| 7 | 2598 } |
| 2599 else | |
| 2600 { | |
| 2601 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */ | |
| 265 | 2602 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
| 2603 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2604 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
| 2605 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0; | |
| 7 | 2606 } |
| 2607 } | |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 /* | |
| 2610 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
| 2611 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2612 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
| 2613 */ | |
| 2614 void | |
| 2615 appended_lines(lnum, count) | |
| 2616 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2617 long count; | |
| 2618 { | |
| 2619 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
| 2620 } | |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 /* | |
| 2623 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
| 2624 */ | |
| 2625 void | |
| 2626 appended_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
| 2627 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2628 long count; | |
| 2629 { | |
| 2630 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L); | |
| 2631 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
| 2632 } | |
| 2633 | |
| 2634 /* | |
| 2635 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
| 2636 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2637 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
| 2638 */ | |
| 2639 void | |
| 2640 deleted_lines(lnum, count) | |
| 2641 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2642 long count; | |
| 2643 { | |
| 2644 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
| 2645 } | |
| 2646 | |
| 2647 /* | |
| 2648 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
| 1929 | 2649 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may |
| 2650 * be triggered to display the cursor. | |
| 7 | 2651 */ |
| 2652 void | |
| 2653 deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
| 2654 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2655 long count; | |
| 2656 { | |
| 2657 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count); | |
| 2658 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
| 2659 } | |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 /* | |
| 2662 * Changed lines for the current buffer. | |
| 2663 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2664 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
| 2665 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
| 2666 * - invalidate cached values | |
| 2667 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line | |
| 2668 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change). | |
| 2669 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal. | |
| 2670 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*. | |
| 2189 | 2671 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2672 */ |
| 2673 void | |
| 2674 changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2675 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
| 2676 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */ | |
| 2677 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
| 2678 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
| 2679 { | |
| 265 | 2680 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra); |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2683 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff) | |
| 2684 { | |
| 2685 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't | |
| 2686 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for | |
| 2687 * displaying. */ | |
| 2688 win_T *wp; | |
| 2689 linenr_T wlnum; | |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2692 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
| 2693 { | |
| 2694 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 2695 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
| 2696 if (wlnum > 0) | |
| 2697 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum, | |
| 2698 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L); | |
| 2699 } | |
| 2700 } | |
| 2701 #endif | |
| 2702 | |
| 2703 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra); | |
| 2704 } | |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 static void | |
| 2707 changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2708 buf_T *buf; | |
| 2709 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
| 2710 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
| 2711 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
| 2712 { | |
| 2713 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
| 7 | 2714 { |
| 2715 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2716 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
| 2717 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2718 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 7 | 2719 { |
| 2720 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */ | |
| 265 | 2721 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra; |
| 2722 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum) | |
| 2723 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum; | |
| 7 | 2724 } |
| 265 | 2725 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot) |
| 2726 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
| 2727 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra; | |
| 7 | 2728 } |
| 2729 else | |
| 2730 { | |
| 2731 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2732 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
| 2733 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2734 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
| 2735 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra; | |
| 2736 } | |
| 7 | 2737 } |
| 2738 | |
| 2189 | 2739 /* |
| 2740 * Common code for when a change is was made. | |
| 2741 * See changed_lines() for the arguments. | |
| 2742 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
| 2743 */ | |
| 7 | 2744 static void |
| 2745 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2746 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2747 colnr_T col; | |
| 2748 linenr_T lnume; | |
| 2749 long xtra; | |
| 2750 { | |
| 2751 win_T *wp; | |
| 1863 | 2752 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 2753 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 2754 #endif | |
| 7 | 2755 int i; |
| 2756 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
| 2757 int cols; | |
| 2758 pos_T *p; | |
| 2759 int add; | |
| 2760 #endif | |
| 2761 | |
| 2762 /* mark the buffer as modified */ | |
| 2763 changed(); | |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 /* set the '. mark */ | |
| 2766 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 2767 { | |
| 2768 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum; | |
| 2769 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col; | |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
| 2772 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we | |
| 2773 * don't have an entry yet. */ | |
| 2774 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
| 2775 { | |
| 2776 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
| 2777 add = TRUE; | |
| 2778 else | |
| 2779 { | |
| 2780 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same | |
| 2781 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids | |
| 2782 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */ | |
| 2783 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1]; | |
| 2784 if (p->lnum != lnum) | |
| 2785 add = TRUE; | |
| 2786 else | |
| 2787 { | |
| 2788 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE); | |
| 2789 if (cols == 0) | |
| 2790 cols = 79; | |
| 2791 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col); | |
| 2792 } | |
| 2793 } | |
| 2794 if (add) | |
| 2795 { | |
| 2796 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes | |
| 2797 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new | |
| 2798 * position in the changelist. */ | |
| 2799 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE; | |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE) | |
| 2802 { | |
| 2803 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */ | |
| 2804 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1; | |
| 2805 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1, | |
| 2806 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1)); | |
| 1863 | 2807 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 2808 { |
| 2809 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on | |
| 2810 * this buffer. */ | |
| 2811 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0) | |
| 2812 --wp->w_changelistidx; | |
| 2813 } | |
| 2814 } | |
| 1863 | 2815 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 2816 { |
| 2817 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is | |
| 2818 * at the end it stays at the end. */ | |
| 2819 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf | |
| 2820 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen) | |
| 2821 ++wp->w_changelistidx; | |
| 2822 } | |
| 2823 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
| 2824 } | |
| 2825 } | |
| 2826 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] = | |
| 2827 curbuf->b_last_change; | |
| 2828 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g," | |
| 2829 * takes you back to it. */ | |
| 2830 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
| 2831 #endif | |
| 2832 } | |
| 2833 | |
| 1863 | 2834 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 2835 { |
| 2836 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
| 2837 { | |
| 2838 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */ | |
| 2839 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID) | |
| 2840 wp->w_redr_type = VALID; | |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached | |
| 2843 * values for the cursor. */ | |
| 2844 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2845 /* | |
| 2846 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because | |
| 2847 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd". | |
| 2848 */ | |
| 2849 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1); | |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become | |
| 2852 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that | |
| 2853 * might be displayed differently. | |
| 2854 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when | |
| 2855 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */ | |
| 2856 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL); | |
| 2857 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum) | |
| 2858 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
| 2859 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL); | |
| 2860 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume) | |
| 2861 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
| 2862 | |
| 2863 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines, | |
| 2864 * compare with the first line in that range. */ | |
| 2865 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 2866 { | |
| 2867 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum); | |
| 2868 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum) | |
| 2869 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
| 2870 } | |
| 2871 #endif | |
| 2872 | |
| 2873 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum) | |
| 2874 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
| 2875 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col) | |
| 2876 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp); | |
| 2877 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum) | |
| 2878 { | |
| 2879 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make | |
| 2880 * other lines scroll down below botline). */ | |
| 2881 approximate_botline_win(wp); | |
| 2882 } | |
| 2883 | |
| 2884 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid. | |
| 2885 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for | |
| 2886 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying | |
| 2887 * after the change. */ | |
| 2888 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 2889 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 2890 { | |
| 2891 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum) | |
| 2892 { | |
| 2893 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume) | |
| 2894 { | |
| 2895 /* line included in change */ | |
| 2896 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 2897 } | |
| 2898 else if (xtra != 0) | |
| 2899 { | |
| 2900 /* line below change */ | |
| 2901 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra; | |
| 2902 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2903 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra; | |
| 2904 #endif | |
| 2905 } | |
| 2906 } | |
| 2907 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2908 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum) | |
| 2909 { | |
| 2910 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines, | |
| 2911 * may need to be redrawn */ | |
| 2912 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 2913 } | |
| 2914 #endif | |
| 2915 } | |
| 1987 | 2916 |
| 2917 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2918 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have | |
| 2919 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */ | |
| 2920 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 2921 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
| 2922 #endif | |
| 7 | 2923 } |
| 2924 } | |
| 2925 | |
| 2926 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn, | |
| 2927 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */ | |
| 2928 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
| 2929 must_redraw = VALID; | |
| 694 | 2930 |
| 2931 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 2932 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */ | |
| 1010 | 2933 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
| 2934 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 694 | 2935 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0; |
| 2936 #endif | |
| 7 | 2937 } |
| 2938 | |
| 2939 /* | |
| 2940 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf' | |
| 2941 */ | |
| 2942 void | |
| 2943 unchanged(buf, ff) | |
| 2944 buf_T *buf; | |
| 2945 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */ | |
| 2946 { | |
| 2685 | 2947 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf, FALSE))) |
| 7 | 2948 { |
| 2949 buf->b_changed = 0; | |
| 39 | 2950 ml_setflags(buf); |
| 7 | 2951 if (ff) |
| 2952 save_file_ff(buf); | |
| 2953 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 2954 check_status(buf); | |
| 673 | 2955 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 7 | 2956 #endif |
| 2957 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 2958 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ | |
| 2959 #endif | |
| 2960 } | |
| 2961 ++buf->b_changedtick; | |
| 2962 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2963 netbeans_unmodified(buf); | |
| 2964 #endif | |
| 2965 } | |
| 2966 | |
| 2967 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2968 /* | |
| 2969 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf' | |
| 2970 * need to be updated | |
| 2971 */ | |
| 2972 void | |
| 2973 check_status(buf) | |
| 2974 buf_T *buf; | |
| 2975 { | |
| 2976 win_T *wp; | |
| 2977 | |
| 2978 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2979 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height) | |
| 2980 { | |
| 2981 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 2982 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
| 2983 must_redraw = VALID; | |
| 2984 } | |
| 2985 } | |
| 2986 #endif | |
| 2987 | |
| 2988 /* | |
| 2989 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change. | |
| 2990 * Don't do this for autocommands. | |
| 2991 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer. | |
| 548 | 2992 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn" |
| 7 | 2993 * will be TRUE. |
| 2189 | 2994 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2995 */ |
| 2996 void | |
| 2997 change_warning(col) | |
| 2998 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert | |
| 2999 mode and 'showmode' is on */ | |
| 3000 { | |
| 1848 | 3001 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"); |
| 3002 | |
| 7 | 3003 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE |
| 3004 && curbufIsChanged() == 0 | |
| 3005 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 3006 && !autocmd_busy | |
| 3007 #endif | |
| 3008 && curbuf->b_p_ro) | |
| 3009 { | |
| 3010 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 819 | 3011 ++curbuf_lock; |
| 7 | 3012 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 819 | 3013 --curbuf_lock; |
| 7 | 3014 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro) |
| 3015 return; | |
| 3016 #endif | |
| 3017 /* | |
| 3018 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should | |
| 3019 * be after the mode message. | |
| 3020 */ | |
| 3021 msg_start(); | |
| 3022 if (msg_row == Rows - 1) | |
| 3023 msg_col = col; | |
| 16 | 3024 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); |
| 1848 | 3025 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST); |
| 3026 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 3027 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1); | |
| 3028 #endif | |
| 7 | 3029 msg_clr_eos(); |
| 3030 (void)msg_end(); | |
| 3031 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode) | |
| 3032 { | |
| 3033 out_flush(); | |
| 3034 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */ | |
| 3035 } | |
| 3036 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE; | |
| 3037 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */ | |
| 3038 if (msg_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 3039 showmode(); | |
| 3040 } | |
| 3041 } | |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 /* | |
| 3044 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'. | |
| 3045 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid | |
| 3046 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit. | |
| 3047 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters | |
| 3048 * from any buffers but directly from the user. | |
| 3049 * | |
| 3050 * return the 'y' or 'n' | |
| 3051 */ | |
| 3052 int | |
| 3053 ask_yesno(str, direct) | |
| 3054 char_u *str; | |
| 3055 int direct; | |
| 3056 { | |
| 3057 int r = ' '; | |
| 3058 int save_State = State; | |
| 3059 | |
| 3060 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */ | |
| 3061 settmode(TMODE_RAW); | |
| 3062 ++no_wait_return; | |
| 3063 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3064 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 3065 #endif | |
| 3066 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */ | |
| 3067 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3068 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */ | |
| 3069 #endif | |
| 3070 ++no_mapping; | |
| 3071 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
| 3072 | |
| 3073 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n') | |
| 3074 { | |
| 3075 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */ | |
| 3076 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str); | |
| 3077 if (direct) | |
| 3078 r = get_keystroke(); | |
| 3079 else | |
| 1474 | 3080 r = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 3081 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC) |
| 3082 r = 'n'; | |
| 3083 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */ | |
| 3084 out_flush(); | |
| 3085 } | |
| 3086 --no_wait_return; | |
| 3087 State = save_State; | |
| 3088 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3089 setmouse(); | |
| 3090 #endif | |
| 3091 --no_mapping; | |
| 3092 --allow_keys; | |
| 3093 | |
| 3094 return r; | |
| 3095 } | |
| 3096 | |
| 3097 /* | |
| 3098 * Get a key stroke directly from the user. | |
| 3099 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left | |
| 3100 * button (used at the more prompt). | |
| 3101 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters. | |
| 3102 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored. | |
| 3103 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC. | |
| 3104 */ | |
| 3105 int | |
| 3106 get_keystroke() | |
| 3107 { | |
| 3328 | 3108 char_u *buf = NULL; |
| 3109 int buflen = 150; | |
| 3110 int maxlen; | |
| 7 | 3111 int len = 0; |
| 3112 int n; | |
| 3113 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c; | |
| 964 | 3114 int waited = 0; |
| 7 | 3115 |
| 3116 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */ | |
| 3117 for (;;) | |
| 3118 { | |
| 3119 cursor_on(); | |
| 3120 out_flush(); | |
| 3121 | |
| 3328 | 3122 /* Leave some room for check_termcode() to insert a key code into (max |
| 3123 * 5 chars plus NUL). And fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of | |
| 3124 * bytes. */ | |
| 3125 maxlen = (buflen - 6 - len) / 3; | |
| 3126 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 3127 buf = alloc(buflen); | |
| 3128 else if (maxlen < 10) | |
| 3129 { | |
| 3130 /* Need some more space. This migth happen when receiving a long | |
| 3131 * escape sequence. */ | |
| 3132 buflen += 100; | |
| 3133 buf = vim_realloc(buf, buflen); | |
| 3134 maxlen = (buflen - 6 - len) / 3; | |
| 3135 } | |
| 3136 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 3137 { | |
| 3138 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)buflen); | |
| 3139 return ESC; /* panic! */ | |
| 3140 } | |
| 3141 | |
| 7 | 3142 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a |
| 3328 | 3143 * terminal code to complete. */ |
| 3144 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, maxlen, len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0); | |
| 7 | 3145 if (n > 0) |
| 3146 { | |
| 3147 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */ | |
| 3148 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE); | |
| 3149 len += n; | |
| 964 | 3150 waited = 0; |
| 3151 } | |
| 3152 else if (len > 0) | |
| 3153 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */ | |
| 3154 | |
| 3155 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */ | |
| 3328 | 3156 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, buflen, &len)) < 0 |
| 964 | 3157 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm))) |
| 7 | 3158 continue; |
| 964 | 3159 |
| 2672 | 3160 if (n == KEYLEN_REMOVED) /* key code removed */ |
| 2721 | 3161 { |
| 2723 | 3162 if (must_redraw != 0 && !need_wait_return && (State & CMDLINE) == 0) |
| 2721 | 3163 { |
| 3164 /* Redrawing was postponed, do it now. */ | |
| 3165 update_screen(0); | |
| 3166 setcursor(); /* put cursor back where it belongs */ | |
| 3167 } | |
| 2672 | 3168 continue; |
| 2721 | 3169 } |
| 2672 | 3170 if (n > 0) /* found a termcode: adjust length */ |
| 7 | 3171 len = n; |
| 2672 | 3172 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */ |
| 7 | 3173 continue; |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */ | |
| 3176 n = buf[0]; | |
| 3177 if (n == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 3178 { | |
| 3179 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]); | |
| 3180 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER | |
| 3181 || n == K_IGNORE | |
| 3182 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3183 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM | |
| 3184 || n == K_LEFTDRAG | |
| 3185 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE | |
| 3186 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM | |
| 3187 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE | |
| 3188 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG | |
| 3189 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE | |
| 3190 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE | |
| 3191 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG | |
| 3192 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE | |
| 3193 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN | |
| 3194 || n == K_MOUSEUP | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2387
diff
changeset
|
3195 || n == K_MOUSELEFT |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2387
diff
changeset
|
3196 || n == K_MOUSERIGHT |
| 7 | 3197 || n == K_X1MOUSE |
| 3198 || n == K_X1DRAG | |
| 3199 || n == K_X1RELEASE | |
| 3200 || n == K_X2MOUSE | |
| 3201 || n == K_X2DRAG | |
| 3202 || n == K_X2RELEASE | |
| 3203 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3204 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR | |
| 3205 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR | |
| 3206 # endif | |
| 3207 #endif | |
| 3208 ) | |
| 3209 { | |
| 3210 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER) | |
| 3211 mod_mask = buf[2]; | |
| 3212 len -= 3; | |
| 3213 if (len > 0) | |
| 3214 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len); | |
| 3215 continue; | |
| 3216 } | |
| 828 | 3217 break; |
| 7 | 3218 } |
| 3219 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3220 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3221 { | |
| 3222 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len) | |
| 3223 continue; /* more bytes to get */ | |
| 3328 | 3224 buf[len >= buflen ? buflen - 1 : len] = NUL; |
| 7 | 3225 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf); |
| 3226 } | |
| 3227 #endif | |
| 3228 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3229 if (n == intr_char) | |
| 3230 n = ESC; | |
| 3231 #endif | |
| 3232 break; | |
| 3233 } | |
| 3328 | 3234 vim_free(buf); |
| 7 | 3235 |
| 3236 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c; | |
| 3237 return n; | |
| 3238 } | |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 /* | |
| 374 | 3241 * Get a number from the user. |
| 3242 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse. | |
| 7 | 3243 */ |
| 3244 int | |
| 374 | 3245 get_number(colon, mouse_used) |
| 3246 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */ | |
| 3247 int *mouse_used; | |
| 7 | 3248 { |
| 3249 int n = 0; | |
| 3250 int c; | |
| 810 | 3251 int typed = 0; |
| 7 | 3252 |
| 374 | 3253 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
| 3254 *mouse_used = FALSE; | |
| 3255 | |
| 7 | 3256 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a |
| 3257 * zero (as if CR was hit). */ | |
| 3258 if (msg_silent != 0) | |
| 3259 return 0; | |
| 3260 | |
| 3261 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3262 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 3263 #endif | |
| 3264 ++no_mapping; | |
| 3265 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
| 3266 for (;;) | |
| 3267 { | |
| 3268 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
| 3269 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 3270 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 3271 { | |
| 3272 n = n * 10 + c - '0'; | |
| 3273 msg_putchar(c); | |
| 810 | 3274 ++typed; |
| 7 | 3275 } |
| 3276 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 3277 { | |
| 810 | 3278 if (typed > 0) |
| 3279 { | |
| 3280 MSG_PUTS("\b \b"); | |
| 3281 --typed; | |
| 3282 } | |
| 7 | 3283 n /= 10; |
| 3284 } | |
| 374 | 3285 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 3286 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE) | |
| 3287 { | |
| 3288 *mouse_used = TRUE; | |
| 3289 n = mouse_row + 1; | |
| 3290 break; | |
| 3291 } | |
| 3292 #endif | |
| 7 | 3293 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon) |
| 3294 { | |
| 3295 stuffcharReadbuff(':'); | |
| 3296 if (!exmode_active) | |
| 3297 cmdline_row = msg_row; | |
| 3298 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */ | |
| 3299 do_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 3300 break; | |
| 3301 } | |
| 3302 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC) | |
| 3303 break; | |
| 3304 } | |
| 3305 --no_mapping; | |
| 3306 --allow_keys; | |
| 3307 return n; | |
| 3308 } | |
| 3309 | |
| 323 | 3310 /* |
| 3311 * Ask the user to enter a number. | |
| 374 | 3312 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return |
| 3313 * the line number. | |
| 323 | 3314 */ |
| 3315 int | |
| 374 | 3316 prompt_for_number(mouse_used) |
| 3317 int *mouse_used; | |
| 323 | 3318 { |
| 3319 int i; | |
| 344 | 3320 int save_cmdline_row; |
| 3321 int save_State; | |
| 323 | 3322 |
| 3323 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */ | |
| 375 | 3324 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
| 1733 | 3325 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): ")); |
| 375 | 3326 else |
| 1733 | 3327 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): ")); |
| 344 | 3328 |
| 957 | 3329 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still |
| 3330 * get mouse events. */ | |
| 344 | 3331 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row; |
| 957 | 3332 cmdline_row = 0; |
| 344 | 3333 save_State = State; |
| 957 | 3334 State = CMDLINE; |
| 374 | 3335 |
| 3336 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used); | |
| 3337 if (KeyTyped) | |
| 3338 { | |
| 3339 /* don't call wait_return() now */ | |
| 3340 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */ | |
| 323 | 3341 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1; |
| 3342 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
| 3343 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 1938 | 3344 msg_didout = FALSE; |
| 323 | 3345 } |
| 344 | 3346 else |
| 3347 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row; | |
| 3348 State = save_State; | |
| 3349 | |
| 323 | 3350 return i; |
| 3351 } | |
| 3352 | |
| 7 | 3353 void |
| 3354 msgmore(n) | |
| 3355 long n; | |
| 3356 { | |
| 3357 long pn; | |
| 3358 | |
| 3359 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */ | |
| 3360 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */ | |
| 3361 return; | |
| 3362 | |
| 135 | 3363 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite |
| 3364 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and | |
| 3365 * then "put" reports the last action. */ | |
| 3366 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more) | |
| 3367 return; | |
| 3368 | |
| 7 | 3369 if (n > 0) |
| 3370 pn = n; | |
| 3371 else | |
| 3372 pn = -n; | |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 if (pn > p_report) | |
| 3375 { | |
| 3376 if (pn == 1) | |
| 3377 { | |
| 3378 if (n > 0) | |
| 2768 | 3379 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 more line"), |
| 3380 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1); | |
| 7 | 3381 else |
| 2768 | 3382 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 line less"), |
| 3383 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1); | |
| 7 | 3384 } |
| 3385 else | |
| 3386 { | |
| 3387 if (n > 0) | |
| 2768 | 3388 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN, |
| 3389 _("%ld more lines"), pn); | |
| 7 | 3390 else |
| 2768 | 3391 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN, |
| 3392 _("%ld fewer lines"), pn); | |
| 7 | 3393 } |
| 3394 if (got_int) | |
| 2768 | 3395 vim_strcat(msg_buf, (char_u *)_(" (Interrupted)"), MSG_BUF_LEN); |
| 7 | 3396 if (msg(msg_buf)) |
| 3397 { | |
| 680 | 3398 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); |
| 135 | 3399 keep_msg_more = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3400 } |
| 3401 } | |
| 3402 } | |
| 3403 | |
| 3404 /* | |
| 3405 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error | |
| 3406 */ | |
| 3407 void | |
| 3408 beep_flush() | |
| 3409 { | |
| 3410 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 3411 { | |
| 3412 flush_buffers(FALSE); | |
| 3413 vim_beep(); | |
| 3414 } | |
| 3415 } | |
| 3416 | |
| 3417 /* | |
| 3418 * give a warning for an error | |
| 3419 */ | |
| 3420 void | |
| 3421 vim_beep() | |
| 3422 { | |
| 3423 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 3424 { | |
| 3425 if (p_vb | |
| 3426 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3427 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI | |
| 3428 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */ | |
| 3429 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
| 3430 #endif | |
| 3431 ) | |
| 3432 { | |
| 3433 out_str(T_VB); | |
| 3434 } | |
| 3435 else | |
| 3436 { | |
| 3437 #ifdef MSDOS | |
| 3438 /* | |
| 3439 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait | |
| 3440 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems | |
| 3441 * where the beeps don't overlap. | |
| 3442 */ | |
| 3443 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10) | |
| 3444 { | |
| 3445 out_char(BELL); | |
| 3446 beep_count = 1; | |
| 3447 } | |
| 3448 else | |
| 3449 ++beep_count; | |
| 3450 #else | |
| 3451 out_char(BELL); | |
| 3452 #endif | |
| 3453 } | |
| 169 | 3454 |
| 3455 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a | |
| 3456 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */ | |
| 3457 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL) | |
| 3458 { | |
| 3459 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
| 3460 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
| 3461 } | |
| 7 | 3462 } |
| 3463 } | |
| 3464 | |
| 3465 /* | |
| 3466 * To get the "real" home directory: | |
| 3467 * - get value of $HOME | |
| 3468 * For Unix: | |
| 3469 * - go to that directory | |
| 3470 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory. | |
| 3471 * This also works with mounts and links. | |
| 3472 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive. | |
| 3473 */ | |
| 3474 static char_u *homedir = NULL; | |
| 3475 | |
| 3476 void | |
| 3477 init_homedir() | |
| 3478 { | |
| 3479 char_u *var; | |
| 3480 | |
| 170 | 3481 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */ |
| 3482 vim_free(homedir); | |
| 3483 homedir = NULL; | |
| 3484 | |
| 7 | 3485 #ifdef VMS |
| 3486 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); | |
| 3487 #else | |
| 3488 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); | |
| 3489 #endif | |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */ | |
| 3492 var = NULL; | |
| 3493 | |
| 3494 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 3495 /* | |
| 3496 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another | |
| 3497 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set | |
| 3498 * when $HOME is being set. | |
| 3499 */ | |
| 3500 if (var != NULL && *var == '%') | |
| 3501 { | |
| 3502 char_u *p; | |
| 3503 char_u *exp; | |
| 3504 | |
| 3505 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%'); | |
| 3506 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3507 { | |
| 419 | 3508 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1)); |
| 7 | 3509 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff); |
| 3510 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL | |
| 3511 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL) | |
| 3512 { | |
| 274 | 3513 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1); |
| 7 | 3514 var = NameBuff; |
| 3515 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
| 3516 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
| 3517 } | |
| 3518 } | |
| 3519 } | |
| 3520 | |
| 3521 /* | |
| 3522 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has | |
| 3523 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT | |
| 3524 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for | |
| 3525 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these. | |
| 3526 */ | |
| 3527 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3528 { | |
| 3529 char_u *homedrive, *homepath; | |
| 3530 | |
| 3531 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE"); | |
| 3532 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH"); | |
|
2030
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3533 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL) |
|
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3534 homepath = "\\"; |
|
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3535 if (homedrive != NULL |
| 7 | 3536 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL) |
| 3537 { | |
| 3538 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath); | |
| 3539 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL) | |
| 3540 { | |
| 3541 var = NameBuff; | |
| 3542 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
| 3543 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
| 3544 } | |
| 3545 } | |
| 3546 } | |
| 170 | 3547 |
| 3548 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 3549 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL) | |
| 3550 { | |
| 3551 int len; | |
| 2786 | 3552 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 3553 |
| 3554 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
| 3555 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
| 835 | 3556 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 3557 if (pp != NULL) |
| 3558 { | |
| 3559 homedir = pp; | |
| 3560 return; | |
| 3561 } | |
| 3562 } | |
| 3563 # endif | |
| 7 | 3564 #endif |
| 3565 | |
| 3566 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
| 3567 /* | |
| 3568 * Default home dir is C:/ | |
| 3569 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation. | |
| 3570 */ | |
| 3571 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3572 var = "C:/"; | |
| 3573 #endif | |
| 3574 if (var != NULL) | |
| 3575 { | |
| 3576 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3577 /* | |
| 3578 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves | |
| 3579 * links. Don't do it when we can't return. | |
| 3580 */ | |
| 3581 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK | |
| 3582 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0) | |
| 3583 { | |
| 3584 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK) | |
| 3585 var = IObuff; | |
| 3586 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0) | |
| 3587 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir)); | |
| 3588 } | |
| 3589 #endif | |
| 3590 homedir = vim_strsave(var); | |
| 3591 } | |
| 3592 } | |
| 3593 | |
| 359 | 3594 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3595 void | |
| 3596 free_homedir() | |
| 3597 { | |
| 3598 vim_free(homedir); | |
| 3599 } | |
| 3600 #endif | |
| 3601 | |
| 7 | 3602 /* |
| 1408 | 3603 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string. |
| 3604 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed | |
| 3605 * again soon. | |
| 3606 */ | |
| 3607 char_u * | |
| 3608 expand_env_save(src) | |
| 3609 char_u *src; | |
| 3610 { | |
| 3611 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE); | |
| 3612 } | |
| 3613 | |
| 3614 /* | |
| 3615 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only | |
| 3616 * expand "~" at the start. | |
| 3617 */ | |
| 3618 char_u * | |
| 3619 expand_env_save_opt(src, one) | |
| 3620 char_u *src; | |
| 3621 int one; | |
| 3622 { | |
| 3623 char_u *p; | |
| 3624 | |
| 3625 p = alloc(MAXPATHL); | |
| 3626 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3627 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL); | |
| 3628 return p; | |
| 3629 } | |
| 3630 | |
| 3631 /* | |
| 7 | 3632 * Expand environment variable with path name. |
| 3633 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded. | |
| 1408 | 3634 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though). |
| 7 | 3635 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src. |
| 3636 */ | |
| 3637 void | |
| 3638 expand_env(src, dst, dstlen) | |
| 3639 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ | |
| 3640 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
| 3641 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 3642 { | |
| 1408 | 3643 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL); |
| 7 | 3644 } |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 void | |
| 1408 | 3647 expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr) |
| 374 | 3648 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ |
| 7 | 3649 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ |
| 3650 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 3651 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */ | |
| 1408 | 3652 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */ |
| 374 | 3653 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */ |
| 3654 { | |
| 3655 char_u *src; | |
| 7 | 3656 char_u *tail; |
| 3657 int c; | |
| 3658 char_u *var; | |
| 3659 int copy_char; | |
| 3660 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */ | |
| 3661 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */ | |
| 374 | 3662 int startstr_len = 0; |
| 3663 | |
| 3664 if (startstr != NULL) | |
| 835 | 3665 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr); |
| 374 | 3666 |
| 3667 src = skipwhite(srcp); | |
| 7 | 3668 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */ |
| 3669 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
| 3670 { | |
| 3671 copy_char = TRUE; | |
| 22 | 3672 if ((*src == '$' |
| 3673 #ifdef VMS | |
| 3674 && at_start | |
| 3675 #endif | |
| 3676 ) | |
| 7 | 3677 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) |
| 3678 || *src == '%' | |
| 3679 #endif | |
| 3680 || (*src == '~' && at_start)) | |
| 3681 { | |
| 3682 mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 /* | |
| 3685 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may | |
| 3686 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended. | |
| 3687 */ | |
| 3688 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */ | |
| 3689 { | |
| 3690 tail = src + 1; | |
| 3691 var = dst; | |
| 3692 c = dstlen - 1; | |
| 3693 | |
| 3694 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3695 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */ | |
| 3696 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{')) | |
| 3697 { | |
| 3698 tail++; /* ignore '{' */ | |
| 3699 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}') | |
| 3700 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3701 } | |
| 3702 else | |
| 3703 #endif | |
| 3704 { | |
| 3705 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail)) | |
| 3706 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
| 3707 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
| 3708 #endif | |
| 3709 )) | |
| 3710 { | |
| 3711 #ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */ | |
| 3712 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail); | |
| 3713 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */ | |
| 3714 #else | |
| 3715 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3716 #endif | |
| 3717 } | |
| 3718 } | |
| 3719 | |
| 3720 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 3721 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3722 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}') | |
| 3723 # else | |
| 3724 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
| 3725 # endif | |
| 3726 var = NULL; | |
| 3727 else | |
| 3728 { | |
| 3729 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3730 if (src[1] == '{') | |
| 3731 # else | |
| 3732 if (*src == '%') | |
| 3733 #endif | |
| 3734 ++tail; | |
| 3735 #endif | |
| 3736 *var = NUL; | |
| 3737 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree); | |
| 3738 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 3739 } | |
| 3740 #endif | |
| 3741 } | |
| 3742 /* home directory */ | |
| 3743 else if ( src[1] == NUL | |
| 3744 || vim_ispathsep(src[1]) | |
| 3745 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL) | |
| 3746 { | |
| 3747 var = homedir; | |
| 3748 tail = src + 1; | |
| 3749 } | |
| 3750 else /* user directory */ | |
| 3751 { | |
| 3752 #if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) | |
| 3753 /* | |
| 3754 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it. | |
| 3755 */ | |
| 3756 tail = src; | |
| 3757 var = dst; | |
| 3758 c = dstlen - 1; | |
| 3759 while ( c-- > 0 | |
| 3760 && *tail | |
| 3761 && vim_isfilec(*tail) | |
| 3762 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
| 3763 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3764 *var = NUL; | |
| 3765 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3766 /* | |
| 3767 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it. | |
| 3768 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to | |
| 3769 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell | |
| 3770 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh). | |
| 3771 */ | |
| 3772 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H) | |
| 3773 { | |
| 3774 struct passwd *pw; | |
| 3775 | |
| 626 | 3776 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed. |
| 3777 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */ | |
| 7 | 3778 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1); |
| 3779 if (pw != NULL) | |
| 3780 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir; | |
| 3781 else | |
| 3782 var = NULL; | |
| 3783 } | |
| 3784 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3785 # endif | |
| 3786 { | |
| 3787 expand_T xpc; | |
| 3788 | |
| 3789 ExpandInit(&xpc); | |
| 3790 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES; | |
| 3791 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL, | |
| 3792 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE); | |
| 3793 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 3794 } | |
| 3795 | |
| 3796 # else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */ | |
| 3797 /* | |
| 3798 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of | |
| 3799 * directories to search for the user account in. | |
| 3800 */ | |
| 3801 { | |
| 3802 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 3803 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr; | |
| 3804 struct stat st; | |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME); | |
| 3807 next_path = paths; | |
| 3808 while (*next_path) | |
| 3809 { | |
| 3810 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ','; | |
| 3811 next_path++); | |
| 3812 if (*next_path) | |
| 3813 *next_path++ = NUL; | |
| 3814 STRCPY(test, path); | |
| 3815 STRCAT(test, "/"); | |
| 3816 STRCAT(test, dst + 1); | |
| 3817 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0) | |
| 3818 { | |
| 3819 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1); | |
| 3820 STRCPY(var, test); | |
| 3821 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 3822 break; | |
| 3823 } | |
| 3824 } | |
| 3825 } | |
| 3826 # endif /* UNIX */ | |
| 3827 #else | |
| 3828 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */ | |
| 3829 var = NULL; | |
| 3830 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */ | |
| 3831 #endif /* UNIX || VMS */ | |
| 3832 } | |
| 3833 | |
| 3834 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 3835 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes. | |
| 3836 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */ | |
| 3837 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL) | |
| 3838 { | |
| 3839 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var); | |
| 3840 | |
| 3841 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3842 { | |
| 3843 if (mustfree) | |
| 3844 vim_free(var); | |
| 3845 var = p; | |
| 3846 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 3847 forward_slash(var); | |
| 3848 } | |
| 3849 } | |
| 3850 #endif | |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash. | |
| 3853 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */ | |
| 3854 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL) | |
| 3855 { | |
| 3856 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t"); | |
| 3857 | |
| 3858 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3859 { | |
| 3860 if (mustfree) | |
| 3861 vim_free(var); | |
| 3862 var = p; | |
| 3863 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 3864 } | |
| 3865 } | |
| 3866 | |
| 3867 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL | |
| 3868 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen)) | |
| 3869 { | |
| 3870 STRCPY(dst, var); | |
| 3871 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var); | |
| 835 | 3872 c = (int)STRLEN(var); |
| 7 | 3873 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts |
| 3874 * with it, skip a character */ | |
| 39 | 3875 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c) |
| 7 | 3876 #if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA) |
| 3877 && dst[-1] != ':' | |
| 3878 #endif | |
| 3879 && vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
| 3880 ++tail; | |
| 39 | 3881 dst += c; |
| 7 | 3882 src = tail; |
| 3883 copy_char = FALSE; | |
| 3884 } | |
| 3885 if (mustfree) | |
| 3886 vim_free(var); | |
| 3887 } | |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */ | |
| 3890 { | |
| 3891 /* | |
| 1224 | 3892 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'. |
| 1408 | 3893 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in |
| 3894 * ":edit foo ~ foo". | |
| 7 | 3895 */ |
| 3896 at_start = FALSE; | |
| 3897 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL) | |
| 3898 { | |
| 3899 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 3900 --dstlen; | |
| 3901 } | |
| 1408 | 3902 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one) |
| 7 | 3903 at_start = TRUE; |
| 3904 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 3905 --dstlen; | |
| 374 | 3906 |
| 3907 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp | |
| 3908 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0) | |
| 3909 at_start = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 3910 } |
| 3911 } | |
| 3912 *dst = NUL; | |
| 3913 } | |
| 3914 | |
| 3915 /* | |
| 3916 * Vim's version of getenv(). | |
| 3917 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME. | |
| 196 | 3918 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32. |
| 2786 | 3919 * "mustfree" is set to TRUE when returned is allocated, it must be |
| 3920 * initialized to FALSE by the caller. | |
| 7 | 3921 */ |
| 3922 char_u * | |
| 3923 vim_getenv(name, mustfree) | |
| 3924 char_u *name; | |
| 2786 | 3925 int *mustfree; |
| 7 | 3926 { |
| 3927 char_u *p; | |
| 3928 char_u *pend; | |
| 3929 int vimruntime; | |
| 3930 | |
| 3931 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
| 3932 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */ | |
| 3933 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0) | |
| 3934 return homedir; | |
| 3935 #endif | |
| 3936 | |
| 3937 p = mch_getenv(name); | |
| 3938 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
| 3939 p = NULL; | |
| 3940 | |
| 3941 if (p != NULL) | |
| 170 | 3942 { |
| 3943 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
| 3944 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 3945 { | |
| 3946 int len; | |
| 2786 | 3947 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 3948 |
| 3949 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
| 3950 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
| 835 | 3951 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 3952 if (pp != NULL) |
| 3953 { | |
| 3954 p = pp; | |
| 3955 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 3956 } | |
| 3957 } | |
| 3958 #endif | |
| 7 | 3959 return p; |
| 170 | 3960 } |
| 7 | 3961 |
| 3962 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0); | |
| 3963 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0) | |
| 3964 return NULL; | |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 /* | |
| 3967 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM. | |
| 3968 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty. | |
| 3969 */ | |
| 3970 if (vimruntime | |
| 3971 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
| 3972 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL | |
| 3973 #endif | |
| 3974 ) | |
| 3975 { | |
| 3976 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
| 3977 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
| 3978 p = NULL; | |
| 3979 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3980 { | |
| 3981 p = vim_version_dir(p); | |
| 3982 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3983 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 3984 else | |
| 3985 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
| 170 | 3986 |
| 3987 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
| 3988 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 3989 { | |
| 3990 int len; | |
| 2786 | 3991 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 3992 |
| 3993 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions | |
| 3994 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII | |
| 3995 * characters. */ | |
| 835 | 3996 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 3997 if (pp != NULL) |
| 3998 { | |
| 2786 | 3999 if (*mustfree) |
| 170 | 4000 vim_free(p); |
| 4001 p = pp; | |
| 4002 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4003 } | |
| 4004 } | |
| 4005 #endif | |
| 7 | 4006 } |
| 4007 } | |
| 4008 | |
| 4009 /* | |
| 4010 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using: | |
| 4011 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$') | |
| 4012 * - the executable name from argv[0] | |
| 4013 */ | |
| 4014 if (p == NULL) | |
| 4015 { | |
| 4016 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL) | |
| 4017 p = p_hf; | |
| 4018 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4019 /* | |
| 4020 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0]. | |
| 4021 */ | |
| 4022 else | |
| 4023 p = exe_name; | |
| 4024 #endif | |
| 4025 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4026 { | |
| 4027 /* remove the file name */ | |
| 4028 pend = gettail(p); | |
| 4029 | |
| 4030 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */ | |
| 4031 if (p == p_hf) | |
| 4032 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc"); | |
| 4033 | |
| 4034 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4035 # ifdef MACOS_X | |
| 768 | 4036 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */ |
| 7 | 4037 if (p == exe_name) |
| 4038 { | |
| 4039 char_u *pend1; | |
| 768 | 4040 char_u *pnew; |
| 4041 | |
| 4042 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS"); | |
| 4043 if (pend1 != pend) | |
| 4044 { | |
| 4045 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15); | |
| 4046 if (pnew != NULL) | |
| 4047 { | |
| 4048 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p)); | |
| 4049 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim"); | |
| 4050 p = pnew; | |
| 4051 pend = p + STRLEN(p); | |
| 4052 } | |
| 4053 } | |
| 7 | 4054 } |
| 4055 # endif | |
| 4056 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */ | |
| 4057 if (p == exe_name) | |
| 4058 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src"); | |
| 4059 #endif | |
| 4060 | |
| 4061 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */ | |
| 4062 if (!vimruntime) | |
| 4063 { | |
| 4064 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME); | |
| 4065 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT); | |
| 4066 } | |
| 4067 | |
| 4068 /* remove trailing path separator */ | |
| 4069 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC | |
| 4070 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */ | |
| 1532 | 4071 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */ |
| 39 | 4072 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend)) |
| 7 | 4073 --pend; |
| 4074 #endif | |
| 4075 | |
| 768 | 4076 #ifdef MACOS_X |
| 4077 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf) | |
| 4078 #endif | |
| 4079 /* check that the result is a directory name */ | |
| 4080 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p)); | |
| 7 | 4081 |
| 4082 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4083 { | |
| 4084 vim_free(p); | |
| 4085 p = NULL; | |
| 4086 } | |
| 4087 else | |
| 4088 { | |
| 4089 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4090 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */ | |
| 4091 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL) | |
| 4092 { | |
| 4093 vim_free(p); | |
| 4094 p = pend; | |
| 4095 } | |
| 4096 #endif | |
| 4097 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4098 } | |
| 4099 } | |
| 4100 } | |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
| 4103 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and | |
| 4104 * default_vimruntime_dir */ | |
| 4105 if (p == NULL) | |
| 4106 { | |
| 4107 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */ | |
| 4108 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL) | |
| 4109 { | |
| 4110 p = default_vimruntime_dir; | |
| 4111 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 4112 } | |
| 4113 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL) | |
| 4114 { | |
| 4115 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL) | |
| 4116 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4117 else | |
| 4118 { | |
| 4119 p = default_vim_dir; | |
| 4120 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 4121 } | |
| 4122 } | |
| 4123 } | |
| 4124 #endif | |
| 4125 | |
| 4126 /* | |
| 4127 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast | |
| 4128 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl). | |
| 4129 */ | |
| 4130 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4131 { | |
| 4132 if (vimruntime) | |
| 4133 { | |
| 4134 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p); | |
| 4135 didset_vimruntime = TRUE; | |
| 4136 } | |
| 4137 else | |
| 4138 { | |
| 4139 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p); | |
| 4140 didset_vim = TRUE; | |
| 4141 } | |
| 4142 } | |
| 4143 return p; | |
| 4144 } | |
| 4145 | |
| 4146 /* | |
| 4147 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists. | |
| 4148 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise. | |
| 4149 */ | |
| 4150 static char_u * | |
| 4151 vim_version_dir(vimdir) | |
| 4152 char_u *vimdir; | |
| 4153 { | |
| 4154 char_u *p; | |
| 4155 | |
| 4156 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL) | |
| 4157 return NULL; | |
| 4158 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE); | |
| 4159 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4160 return p; | |
| 4161 vim_free(p); | |
| 4162 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE); | |
| 4163 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4164 return p; | |
| 4165 vim_free(p); | |
| 4166 return NULL; | |
| 4167 } | |
| 4168 | |
| 4169 /* | |
| 4170 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus | |
| 4171 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend". | |
| 4172 */ | |
| 4173 static char_u * | |
| 4174 remove_tail(p, pend, name) | |
| 4175 char_u *p; | |
| 4176 char_u *pend; | |
| 4177 char_u *name; | |
| 4178 { | |
| 4179 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1; | |
| 4180 char_u *newend = pend - len; | |
| 4181 | |
| 4182 if (newend >= p | |
| 4183 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0 | |
| 39 | 4184 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend))) |
| 7 | 4185 return newend; |
| 4186 return pend; | |
| 4187 } | |
| 4188 | |
| 4189 /* | |
| 4190 * Our portable version of setenv. | |
| 4191 */ | |
| 4192 void | |
| 4193 vim_setenv(name, val) | |
| 4194 char_u *name; | |
| 4195 char_u *val; | |
| 4196 { | |
| 4197 #ifdef HAVE_SETENV | |
| 4198 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1); | |
| 4199 #else | |
| 4200 char_u *envbuf; | |
| 4201 | |
| 4202 /* | |
| 4203 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain | |
| 4204 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed. | |
| 4205 */ | |
| 4206 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2)); | |
| 4207 if (envbuf != NULL) | |
| 4208 { | |
| 4209 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val); | |
| 4210 putenv((char *)envbuf); | |
| 4211 } | |
| 4212 #endif | |
| 3382 | 4213 #ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT |
| 4214 /* | |
| 4215 * When setting $VIMRUNTIME adjust the directory to find message | |
| 4216 * translations to $VIMRUNTIME/lang. | |
| 4217 */ | |
| 4218 if (*val != NUL && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) | |
| 4219 { | |
| 4220 char_u *buf = concat_str(val, (char_u *)"/lang"); | |
| 4221 | |
| 4222 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 4223 { | |
| 4224 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf); | |
| 4225 vim_free(buf); | |
| 4226 } | |
| 4227 } | |
| 4228 #endif | |
| 7 | 4229 } |
| 4230 | |
| 4231 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4232 /* | |
| 4233 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name. | |
| 4234 */ | |
| 4235 char_u * | |
| 4236 get_env_name(xp, idx) | |
| 1883 | 4237 expand_T *xp UNUSED; |
| 7 | 4238 int idx; |
| 4239 { | |
| 4240 # if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__) | |
| 4241 /* | |
| 4242 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW). | |
| 4243 */ | |
| 4244 return NULL; | |
| 4245 # else | |
| 4246 # ifndef __WIN32__ | |
| 4247 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */ | |
| 4248 extern char **environ; | |
| 4249 # endif | |
| 17 | 4250 # define ENVNAMELEN 100 |
| 4251 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN]; | |
| 7 | 4252 char_u *str; |
| 4253 int n; | |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 str = (char_u *)environ[idx]; | |
| 4256 if (str == NULL) | |
| 4257 return NULL; | |
| 4258 | |
| 17 | 4259 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n) |
| 7 | 4260 { |
| 4261 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL) | |
| 4262 break; | |
| 4263 name[n] = str[n]; | |
| 4264 } | |
| 4265 name[n] = NUL; | |
| 4266 return name; | |
| 4267 # endif | |
| 4268 } | |
| 4269 #endif | |
| 4270 | |
| 4271 /* | |
| 4272 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in | |
| 4273 * 'src'. | |
| 4274 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src. | |
| 4275 */ | |
| 4276 void | |
| 4277 home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one) | |
| 4278 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
| 4279 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
| 4280 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
| 4281 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 4282 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include | |
| 4283 spaces and commas in the file name. */ | |
| 4284 { | |
| 4285 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0; | |
| 4286 size_t len; | |
| 4287 char_u *homedir_env; | |
| 4288 char_u *p; | |
| 4289 | |
| 4290 if (src == NULL) | |
| 4291 { | |
| 4292 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4293 return; | |
| 4294 } | |
| 4295 | |
| 4296 /* | |
| 4297 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely. | |
| 4298 */ | |
| 4299 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help) | |
| 4300 { | |
| 4301 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src)); | |
| 4302 return; | |
| 4303 } | |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 /* | |
| 4306 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the | |
| 4307 * "real" home directory. | |
| 4308 */ | |
| 4309 if (homedir != NULL) | |
| 4310 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir); | |
| 4311 | |
| 4312 #ifdef VMS | |
| 4313 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); | |
| 4314 #else | |
| 4315 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); | |
| 4316 #endif | |
| 4317 | |
| 4318 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL) | |
| 4319 homedir_env = NULL; | |
| 4320 if (homedir_env != NULL) | |
| 4321 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env); | |
| 4322 | |
| 4323 if (!one) | |
| 4324 src = skipwhite(src); | |
| 4325 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
| 4326 { | |
| 4327 /* | |
| 4328 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name. | |
| 4329 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches | |
| 4330 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/' | |
| 4331 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla", | |
| 4332 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up | |
| 4333 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user | |
| 4334 * er's home directory)). | |
| 4335 */ | |
| 4336 p = homedir; | |
| 4337 len = dirlen; | |
| 4338 for (;;) | |
| 4339 { | |
| 4340 if ( len | |
| 4341 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0 | |
| 4342 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len]) | |
| 4343 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' ')) | |
| 4344 || src[len] == NUL)) | |
| 4345 { | |
| 4346 src += len; | |
| 4347 if (--dstlen > 0) | |
| 4348 *dst++ = '~'; | |
| 4349 | |
| 4350 /* | |
| 4351 * If it's just the home directory, add "/". | |
| 4352 */ | |
| 4353 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4354 *dst++ = '/'; | |
| 4355 break; | |
| 4356 } | |
| 4357 if (p == homedir_env) | |
| 4358 break; | |
| 4359 p = homedir_env; | |
| 4360 len = envlen; | |
| 4361 } | |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */ | |
| 4364 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4365 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4366 /* skip separator */ | |
| 4367 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4368 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4369 } | |
| 4370 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */ | |
| 4371 | |
| 4372 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4373 } | |
| 4374 | |
| 4375 /* | |
| 4376 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory. | |
| 4377 * When something fails, NULL is returned. | |
| 4378 */ | |
| 4379 char_u * | |
| 4380 home_replace_save(buf, src) | |
| 4381 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
| 4382 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
| 4383 { | |
| 4384 char_u *dst; | |
| 4385 unsigned len; | |
| 4386 | |
| 4387 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */ | |
| 4388 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 4389 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src); | |
| 4390 dst = alloc(len); | |
| 4391 if (dst != NULL) | |
| 4392 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE); | |
| 4393 return dst; | |
| 4394 } | |
| 4395 | |
| 4396 /* | |
| 4397 * Compare two file names and return: | |
| 4398 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file. | |
| 4399 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name. | |
| 4400 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files. | |
| 4401 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist. | |
| 4402 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist. | |
| 4403 * For the first name environment variables are expanded | |
| 4404 */ | |
| 4405 int | |
| 4406 fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname) | |
| 4407 char_u *s1, *s2; | |
| 4408 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */ | |
| 4409 { | |
| 4410 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 4411 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4412 char_u full1[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4413 char_u full2[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4414 struct stat st1, st2; | |
| 4415 int r1, r2; | |
| 4416 | |
| 4417 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4418 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1); | |
| 4419 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2); | |
| 4420 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0) | |
| 4421 { | |
| 4422 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */ | |
| 4423 if (checkname) | |
| 4424 { | |
| 4425 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
| 4426 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4427 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4428 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4429 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0) | |
| 4430 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4431 } | |
| 4432 return FPC_NOTX; | |
| 4433 } | |
| 4434 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0) | |
| 4435 return FPC_DIFFX; | |
| 4436 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino) | |
| 4437 return FPC_SAME; | |
| 4438 return FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4439 #else | |
| 4440 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */ | |
| 4441 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */ | |
| 4442 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */ | |
| 4443 int retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4444 int r1, r2; | |
| 4445 | |
| 4446 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */ | |
| 4447 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL) | |
| 4448 { | |
| 4449 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL; | |
| 4450 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL; | |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4453 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4454 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4455 | |
| 4456 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */ | |
| 4457 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK) | |
| 4458 { | |
| 4459 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
| 4460 retval = FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4461 else | |
| 4462 retval = FPC_NOTX; | |
| 4463 } | |
| 4464 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK) | |
| 4465 retval = FPC_DIFFX; | |
| 4466 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2)) | |
| 4467 retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4468 else | |
| 4469 retval = FPC_SAME; | |
| 4470 vim_free(exp1); | |
| 4471 } | |
| 4472 return retval; | |
| 4473 #endif | |
| 4474 } | |
| 4475 | |
| 4476 /* | |
| 10 | 4477 * Get the tail of a path: the file name. |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4478 * When the path ends in a path separator the tail is the NUL after it. |
| 10 | 4479 * Fail safe: never returns NULL. |
| 7 | 4480 */ |
| 4481 char_u * | |
| 4482 gettail(fname) | |
| 4483 char_u *fname; | |
| 4484 { | |
| 4485 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 4486 | |
| 4487 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 4488 return (char_u *)""; | |
| 4489 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */ | |
| 4490 { | |
| 4491 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2)) | |
| 4492 p1 = p2 + 1; | |
| 39 | 4493 mb_ptr_adv(p2); |
| 7 | 4494 } |
| 4495 return p1; | |
| 4496 } | |
| 4497 | |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4498 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4499 static char_u *gettail_dir __ARGS((char_u *fname)); |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4500 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4501 /* |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4502 * Return the end of the directory name, on the first path |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4503 * separator: |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4504 * "/path/file", "/path/dir/", "/path//dir", "/file" |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4505 * ^ ^ ^ ^ |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4506 */ |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4507 static char_u * |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4508 gettail_dir(fname) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4509 char_u *fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4510 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4511 char_u *dir_end = fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4512 char_u *next_dir_end = fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4513 int look_for_sep = TRUE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4514 char_u *p; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4515 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4516 for (p = fname; *p != NUL; ) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4517 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4518 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4519 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4520 if (look_for_sep) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4521 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4522 next_dir_end = p; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4523 look_for_sep = FALSE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4524 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4525 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4526 else |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4527 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4528 if (!look_for_sep) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4529 dir_end = next_dir_end; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4530 look_for_sep = TRUE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4531 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4532 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4533 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4534 return dir_end; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4535 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4536 #endif |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4537 |
| 7 | 4538 /* |
| 39 | 4539 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL |
| 4540 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//". | |
| 4541 * Always returns a valid pointer. | |
| 4542 */ | |
| 4543 char_u * | |
| 4544 gettail_sep(fname) | |
| 4545 char_u *fname; | |
| 4546 { | |
| 4547 char_u *p; | |
| 4548 char_u *t; | |
| 4549 | |
| 4550 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */ | |
| 4551 t = gettail(fname); | |
| 4552 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t)) | |
| 4553 --t; | |
| 4554 #ifdef VMS | |
| 4555 /* path separator is part of the path */ | |
| 4556 ++t; | |
| 4557 #endif | |
| 4558 return t; | |
| 4559 } | |
| 4560 | |
| 4561 /* | |
| 7 | 4562 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator). |
| 4563 */ | |
| 4564 char_u * | |
| 4565 getnextcomp(fname) | |
| 4566 char_u *fname; | |
| 4567 { | |
| 4568 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname)) | |
| 39 | 4569 mb_ptr_adv(fname); |
| 7 | 4570 if (*fname) |
| 4571 ++fname; | |
| 4572 return fname; | |
| 4573 } | |
| 4574 | |
| 4575 /* | |
| 4576 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name. | |
| 4577 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head. | |
| 4578 * If there is no head, path is returned. | |
| 4579 */ | |
| 4580 char_u * | |
| 4581 get_past_head(path) | |
| 4582 char_u *path; | |
| 4583 { | |
| 4584 char_u *retval; | |
| 4585 | |
| 4586 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
| 4587 /* may skip "c:" */ | |
| 4588 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':') | |
| 4589 retval = path + 2; | |
| 4590 else | |
| 4591 retval = path; | |
| 4592 #else | |
| 4593 # if defined(AMIGA) | |
| 4594 /* may skip "label:" */ | |
| 4595 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':'); | |
| 4596 if (retval == NULL) | |
| 4597 retval = path; | |
| 4598 # else /* Unix */ | |
| 4599 retval = path; | |
| 4600 # endif | |
| 4601 #endif | |
| 4602 | |
| 4603 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval)) | |
| 4604 ++retval; | |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 return retval; | |
| 4607 } | |
| 4608 | |
| 4609 /* | |
| 4610 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator. | |
| 4611 */ | |
| 4612 int | |
| 4613 vim_ispathsep(c) | |
| 4614 int c; | |
| 4615 { | |
| 2823 | 4616 #ifdef UNIX |
| 7 | 4617 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */ |
| 2823 | 4618 #else |
| 4619 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 7 | 4620 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\'); |
| 2823 | 4621 # else |
| 4622 # ifdef VMS | |
| 7 | 4623 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */ |
| 4624 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/' | |
| 4625 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' ); | |
| 2823 | 4626 # else |
| 7 | 4627 return (c == ':' || c == '/'); |
| 2823 | 4628 # endif /* VMS */ |
| 7 | 4629 # endif |
| 2823 | 4630 #endif |
| 7 | 4631 } |
| 4632 | |
| 4633 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4634 /* | |
| 4635 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator. | |
| 4636 */ | |
| 4637 int | |
| 4638 vim_ispathlistsep(c) | |
| 4639 int c; | |
| 4640 { | |
| 4641 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 4642 return (c == ':'); | |
| 4643 #else | |
| 1224 | 4644 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */ |
| 7 | 4645 #endif |
| 4646 } | |
| 4647 #endif | |
| 4648 | |
| 819 | 4649 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \ |
| 4650 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4651 /* | |
| 4652 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname" | |
| 4653 * It's done in-place. | |
| 4654 */ | |
| 4655 void | |
| 4656 shorten_dir(str) | |
| 4657 char_u *str; | |
| 4658 { | |
| 4659 char_u *tail, *s, *d; | |
| 4660 int skip = FALSE; | |
| 4661 | |
| 4662 tail = gettail(str); | |
| 4663 d = str; | |
| 4664 for (s = str; ; ++s) | |
| 4665 { | |
| 4666 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */ | |
| 4667 { | |
| 4668 *d++ = *s; | |
| 4669 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 4670 break; | |
| 4671 } | |
| 4672 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */ | |
| 4673 { | |
| 4674 *d++ = *s; | |
| 4675 skip = FALSE; | |
| 4676 } | |
| 4677 else if (!skip) | |
| 4678 { | |
| 4679 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */ | |
| 4680 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */ | |
| 4681 skip = TRUE; | |
| 4682 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4683 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4684 { | |
| 4685 int l = mb_ptr2len(s); | |
| 4686 | |
| 4687 while (--l > 0) | |
| 927 | 4688 *d++ = *++s; |
| 819 | 4689 } |
| 4690 # endif | |
| 4691 } | |
| 4692 } | |
| 4693 } | |
| 4694 #endif | |
| 4695 | |
| 594 | 4696 /* |
| 4697 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise. | |
| 4698 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name. | |
| 4699 * "fname" must be writable!. | |
| 4700 */ | |
| 4701 int | |
| 4702 dir_of_file_exists(fname) | |
| 4703 char_u *fname; | |
| 4704 { | |
| 4705 char_u *p; | |
| 4706 int c; | |
| 4707 int retval; | |
| 4708 | |
| 4709 p = gettail_sep(fname); | |
| 4710 if (p == fname) | |
| 4711 return TRUE; | |
| 4712 c = *p; | |
| 4713 *p = NUL; | |
| 4714 retval = mch_isdir(fname); | |
| 4715 *p = c; | |
| 4716 return retval; | |
| 4717 } | |
| 4718 | |
| 7 | 4719 #if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \ |
| 4720 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4721 /* | |
| 4722 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally. | |
| 4723 */ | |
| 4724 int | |
| 4725 vim_fnamecmp(x, y) | |
| 4726 char_u *x, *y; | |
| 4727 { | |
| 4728 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4729 } | |
| 4730 | |
| 4731 int | |
| 4732 vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len) | |
| 4733 char_u *x, *y; | |
| 4734 size_t len; | |
| 4735 { | |
| 4736 while (len > 0 && *x && *y) | |
| 4737 { | |
| 4738 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y) | |
| 4739 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\') | |
| 4740 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/')) | |
| 4741 break; | |
| 4742 ++x; | |
| 4743 ++y; | |
| 4744 --len; | |
| 4745 } | |
| 4746 if (len == 0) | |
| 4747 return 0; | |
| 4748 return (*x - *y); | |
| 4749 } | |
| 4750 #endif | |
| 4751 | |
| 4752 /* | |
| 4753 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory. | |
| 1224 | 4754 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary. |
| 7 | 4755 */ |
| 4756 char_u * | |
| 4757 concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep) | |
| 4758 char_u *fname1; | |
| 4759 char_u *fname2; | |
| 4760 int sep; | |
| 4761 { | |
| 4762 char_u *dest; | |
| 4763 | |
| 4764 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3)); | |
| 4765 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 4766 { | |
| 4767 STRCPY(dest, fname1); | |
| 4768 if (sep) | |
| 4769 add_pathsep(dest); | |
| 4770 STRCAT(dest, fname2); | |
| 4771 } | |
| 4772 return dest; | |
| 4773 } | |
| 4774 | |
| 115 | 4775 /* |
| 4776 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory. | |
| 4777 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 4778 */ | |
| 4779 char_u * | |
| 4780 concat_str(str1, str2) | |
| 4781 char_u *str1; | |
| 4782 char_u *str2; | |
| 4783 { | |
| 4784 char_u *dest; | |
| 4785 size_t l = STRLEN(str1); | |
| 4786 | |
| 4787 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L)); | |
| 4788 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 4789 { | |
| 4790 STRCPY(dest, str1); | |
| 4791 STRCPY(dest + l, str2); | |
| 4792 } | |
| 4793 return dest; | |
| 4794 } | |
| 4795 | |
| 7 | 4796 /* |
| 4797 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path | |
| 4798 * separator. | |
| 4799 */ | |
| 4800 void | |
| 4801 add_pathsep(p) | |
| 4802 char_u *p; | |
| 4803 { | |
| 39 | 4804 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p))) |
| 7 | 4805 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR); |
| 4806 } | |
| 4807 | |
| 4808 /* | |
| 4809 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name. | |
| 4810 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 4811 */ | |
| 4812 char_u * | |
| 4813 FullName_save(fname, force) | |
| 4814 char_u *fname; | |
| 4815 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks | |
| 4816 like a full path name */ | |
| 4817 { | |
| 4818 char_u *buf; | |
| 4819 char_u *new_fname = NULL; | |
| 4820 | |
| 4821 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 4822 return NULL; | |
| 4823 | |
| 4824 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL); | |
| 4825 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 4826 { | |
| 4827 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL) | |
| 4828 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf); | |
| 4829 else | |
| 4830 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 4831 vim_free(buf); | |
| 4832 } | |
| 4833 return new_fname; | |
| 4834 } | |
| 4835 | |
| 4836 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) | |
| 4837 | |
| 4838 static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 4839 | |
| 4840 /* | |
| 4841 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now. | |
| 4842 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards. | |
| 4843 */ | |
| 4844 pos_T * | |
| 4845 find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 4846 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 4847 { | |
| 4848 pos_T *pos; | |
| 4849 char_u *line; | |
| 4850 char_u *p; | |
| 829 | 4851 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment; |
| 4852 | |
| 4853 for (;;) | |
| 4854 { | |
| 4855 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment); | |
| 4856 if (pos == NULL) | |
| 4857 break; | |
| 4858 | |
| 4859 /* | |
| 4860 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string. | |
| 4861 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again. | |
| 4862 */ | |
| 4863 line = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 1883 | 4864 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p) |
| 829 | 4865 p = skip_string(p); |
| 1883 | 4866 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col) |
| 829 | 4867 break; |
| 4868 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1; | |
| 4869 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0) | |
| 4870 { | |
| 4871 pos = NULL; | |
| 4872 break; | |
| 4873 } | |
| 4874 } | |
| 7 | 4875 return pos; |
| 4876 } | |
| 4877 | |
| 4878 /* | |
| 4879 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character. | |
| 4880 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified. | |
| 4881 */ | |
| 4882 static char_u * | |
| 4883 skip_string(p) | |
| 4884 char_u *p; | |
| 4885 { | |
| 4886 int i; | |
| 4887 | |
| 4888 /* | |
| 4889 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time". | |
| 4890 */ | |
| 4891 for ( ; ; ++p) | |
| 4892 { | |
| 4893 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */ | |
| 4894 { | |
| 4895 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */ | |
| 4896 break; | |
| 4897 i = 2; | |
| 4898 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */ | |
| 4899 { | |
| 4900 ++i; | |
| 4901 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */ | |
| 4902 ++i; | |
| 4903 } | |
| 4904 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */ | |
| 4905 { | |
| 4906 p += i; | |
| 4907 continue; | |
| 4908 } | |
| 4909 } | |
| 4910 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */ | |
| 4911 { | |
| 4912 for (++p; p[0]; ++p) | |
| 4913 { | |
| 4914 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) | |
| 4915 ++p; | |
| 4916 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */ | |
| 4917 break; | |
| 4918 } | |
| 4919 if (p[0] == '"') | |
| 4920 continue; | |
| 4921 } | |
| 4922 break; /* no string found */ | |
| 4923 } | |
| 4924 if (!*p) | |
| 4925 --p; /* backup from NUL */ | |
| 4926 return p; | |
| 4927 } | |
| 4928 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */ | |
| 4929 | |
| 4930 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4931 | |
| 4932 /* | |
| 4933 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line. | |
| 4934 */ | |
| 4935 void | |
| 4936 do_c_expr_indent() | |
| 4937 { | |
| 4938 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 4939 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 4940 fixthisline(get_expr_indent); | |
| 4941 else | |
| 4942 # endif | |
| 4943 fixthisline(get_c_indent); | |
| 4944 } | |
| 4945 | |
| 4946 /* | |
| 4947 * Functions for C-indenting. | |
| 4948 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer. | |
| 4949 */ | |
| 4950 /* | |
| 4951 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line. | |
| 4952 */ | |
| 4953 | |
| 4954 static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 4955 static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 4956 static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void)); | |
| 4957 static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **)); | |
| 4958 static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 4959 static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l)); | |
| 4960 static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 4961 static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment)); | |
| 4962 static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void)); | |
| 4963 static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 4964 static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 4965 static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump)); | |
| 4966 static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 4967 static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 4968 static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 4969 static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void)); | |
| 3220 | 4970 static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T, linenr_T, int, int)); |
| 7 | 4971 static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 4972 static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 4973 static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 4974 static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int)); | |
| 3461 | 4975 static int cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset __ARGS((char_u *line, int *poffset)); |
| 829 | 4976 static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment)); |
| 7 | 4977 static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 1336 | 4978 static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col)); |
| 828 | 4979 static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass)); |
| 7 | 4980 static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *)); |
| 4981 static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos)); | |
| 4982 static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int)); | |
| 4983 static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int)); | |
| 4984 static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos)); | |
| 4985 static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end)); | |
| 4986 static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment)); | |
| 2857 | 4987 static int cin_is_cpp_namespace __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 7 | 4988 |
| 1096 | 4989 static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */ |
| 4990 | |
| 7 | 4991 /* |
| 4992 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line. | |
| 1096 | 4993 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired. |
| 7 | 4994 */ |
| 4995 static char_u * | |
| 4996 cin_skipcomment(s) | |
| 4997 char_u *s; | |
| 4998 { | |
| 4999 while (*s) | |
| 5000 { | |
| 1096 | 5001 char_u *prev_s = s; |
| 5002 | |
| 7 | 5003 s = skipwhite(s); |
| 1096 | 5004 |
| 5005 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space | |
| 5006 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */ | |
| 5007 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#') | |
| 5008 { | |
| 5009 s += STRLEN(s); | |
| 5010 break; | |
| 5011 } | |
| 7 | 5012 if (*s != '/') |
| 5013 break; | |
| 5014 ++s; | |
| 5015 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */ | |
| 5016 { | |
| 5017 s += STRLEN(s); | |
| 5018 break; | |
| 5019 } | |
| 5020 if (*s != '*') | |
| 5021 break; | |
| 5022 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */ | |
| 5023 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/') | |
| 5024 { | |
| 5025 s += 2; | |
| 5026 break; | |
| 5027 } | |
| 5028 } | |
| 5029 return s; | |
| 5030 } | |
| 5031 | |
| 5032 /* | |
| 2805 | 5033 * Return TRUE if there is no code at *s. White space and comments are |
| 7 | 5034 * not considered code. |
| 5035 */ | |
| 5036 static int | |
| 5037 cin_nocode(s) | |
| 5038 char_u *s; | |
| 5039 { | |
| 5040 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL; | |
| 5041 } | |
| 5042 | |
| 5043 /* | |
| 5044 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines. | |
| 5045 */ | |
| 5046 static pos_T * | |
| 5047 find_line_comment() /* XXX */ | |
| 5048 { | |
| 5049 static pos_T pos; | |
| 5050 char_u *line; | |
| 5051 char_u *p; | |
| 5052 | |
| 5053 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5054 while (--pos.lnum > 0) | |
| 5055 { | |
| 5056 line = ml_get(pos.lnum); | |
| 5057 p = skipwhite(line); | |
| 5058 if (cin_islinecomment(p)) | |
| 5059 { | |
| 5060 pos.col = (int)(p - line); | |
| 5061 return &pos; | |
| 5062 } | |
| 5063 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 5064 break; | |
| 5065 } | |
| 5066 return NULL; | |
| 5067 } | |
| 5068 | |
| 5069 /* | |
| 5070 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true. | |
| 5071 */ | |
| 5072 static int | |
| 5073 cin_islabel_skip(s) | |
| 5074 char_u **s; | |
| 5075 { | |
| 5076 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */ | |
| 5077 return FALSE; | |
| 5078 | |
| 5079 while (vim_isIDc(**s)) | |
| 5080 (*s)++; | |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s); | |
| 5083 | |
| 5084 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */ | |
| 5085 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':'); | |
| 5086 } | |
| 5087 | |
| 5088 /* | |
| 5089 * Recognize a label: "label:". | |
| 5090 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label. | |
| 5091 */ | |
| 5092 int | |
| 5093 cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 5094 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5095 { | |
| 5096 char_u *s; | |
| 5097 | |
| 5098 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 /* | |
| 5101 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented | |
| 5102 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations. | |
| 5103 */ | |
| 5104 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
| 5105 return FALSE; | |
| 5106 if (cin_isscopedecl(s)) | |
| 5107 return FALSE; | |
| 5108 | |
| 5109 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s)) | |
| 5110 { | |
| 5111 /* | |
| 5112 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case | |
| 5113 * label. | |
| 5114 */ | |
| 5115 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5116 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5117 char_u *line; | |
| 5118 | |
| 5119 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5120 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 5121 { | |
| 5122 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5123 | |
| 5124 /* | |
| 5125 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 5126 */ | |
| 5127 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 5128 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 5129 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 5130 | |
| 5131 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5132 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */ | |
| 5133 continue; | |
| 5134 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL) | |
| 5135 continue; | |
| 5136 | |
| 5137 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5138 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE) | |
| 5139 || cin_isscopedecl(line) | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5140 || cin_iscase(line, TRUE) |
| 7 | 5141 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line))) |
| 5142 return TRUE; | |
| 5143 return FALSE; | |
| 5144 } | |
| 5145 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5146 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */ | |
| 5147 } | |
| 5148 return FALSE; | |
| 5149 } | |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 /* | |
| 5152 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations. | |
| 5153 * Q&D-Implementation: | |
| 5154 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line. | |
| 5155 */ | |
| 5156 static int | |
| 5157 cin_isinit(void) | |
| 5158 { | |
| 5159 char_u *s; | |
| 5160 | |
| 5161 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5162 | |
| 5163 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7])) | |
| 5164 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7); | |
| 5165 | |
| 3218 | 5166 if (STRNCMP(s, "static", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])) |
| 5167 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6); | |
| 5168 | |
| 7 | 5169 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4])) |
| 5170 return TRUE; | |
| 5171 | |
| 5172 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{")) | |
| 5173 return TRUE; | |
| 5174 | |
| 5175 return FALSE; | |
| 5176 } | |
| 5177 | |
| 5178 /* | |
| 5179 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:". | |
| 5180 */ | |
| 5181 int | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5182 cin_iscase(s, strict) |
| 7 | 5183 char_u *s; |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5184 int strict; /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */ |
| 7 | 5185 { |
| 5186 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5187 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4])) | |
| 5188 { | |
| 5189 for (s += 4; *s; ++s) | |
| 5190 { | |
| 5191 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5192 if (*s == ':') | |
| 5193 { | |
| 5194 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
| 5195 ++s; | |
| 5196 else | |
| 5197 return TRUE; | |
| 5198 } | |
| 5199 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'') | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5200 s += 2; /* skip over ':' */ |
| 7 | 5201 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/')) |
| 5202 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */ | |
| 5203 else if (*s == '"') | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5204 { |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5205 /* JS etc. */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5206 if (strict) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5207 return FALSE; /* stop at string */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5208 else |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5209 return TRUE; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5210 } |
| 7 | 5211 } |
| 5212 return FALSE; | |
| 5213 } | |
| 5214 | |
| 5215 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
| 5216 return TRUE; | |
| 5217 return FALSE; | |
| 5218 } | |
| 5219 | |
| 5220 /* | |
| 5221 * Recognize a "default" switch label. | |
| 5222 */ | |
| 5223 static int | |
| 5224 cin_isdefault(s) | |
| 5225 char_u *s; | |
| 5226 { | |
| 5227 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0 | |
| 5228 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':' | |
| 5229 && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5230 } | |
| 5231 | |
| 5232 /* | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
5233 * Recognize a "public/private/protected" scope declaration label. |
| 7 | 5234 */ |
| 5235 int | |
| 5236 cin_isscopedecl(s) | |
| 5237 char_u *s; | |
| 5238 { | |
| 5239 int i; | |
| 5240 | |
| 5241 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5242 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0) | |
| 5243 i = 6; | |
| 5244 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0) | |
| 5245 i = 9; | |
| 5246 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0) | |
| 5247 i = 7; | |
| 5248 else | |
| 5249 return FALSE; | |
| 5250 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5251 } | |
| 5252 | |
| 2857 | 5253 /* Maximum number of lines to search back for a "namespace" line. */ |
| 5254 #define FIND_NAMESPACE_LIM 20 | |
| 5255 | |
| 5256 /* | |
| 5257 * Recognize a "namespace" scope declaration. | |
| 5258 */ | |
| 5259 static int | |
| 5260 cin_is_cpp_namespace(s) | |
| 5261 char_u *s; | |
| 5262 { | |
| 5263 char_u *p; | |
| 5264 int has_name = FALSE; | |
| 5265 | |
| 5266 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5267 if (STRNCMP(s, "namespace", 9) == 0 && (s[9] == NUL || !vim_iswordc(s[9]))) | |
| 5268 { | |
| 5269 p = cin_skipcomment(skipwhite(s + 9)); | |
| 5270 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 5271 { | |
| 5272 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 5273 { | |
| 5274 has_name = TRUE; /* found end of a name */ | |
| 5275 p = cin_skipcomment(skipwhite(p)); | |
| 5276 } | |
| 5277 else if (*p == '{') | |
| 5278 { | |
| 5279 break; | |
| 5280 } | |
| 5281 else if (vim_iswordc(*p)) | |
| 5282 { | |
| 5283 if (has_name) | |
| 5284 return FALSE; /* word character after skipping past name */ | |
| 5285 ++p; | |
| 5286 } | |
| 5287 else | |
| 5288 { | |
| 5289 return FALSE; | |
| 5290 } | |
| 5291 } | |
| 5292 return TRUE; | |
| 5293 } | |
| 5294 return FALSE; | |
| 5295 } | |
| 5296 | |
| 7 | 5297 /* |
| 5298 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'. | |
| 5299 * Return NULL if not found. | |
| 5300 * case 234: a = b; | |
| 5301 * ^ | |
| 5302 */ | |
| 5303 static char_u * | |
| 5304 after_label(l) | |
| 5305 char_u *l; | |
| 5306 { | |
| 5307 for ( ; *l; ++l) | |
| 5308 { | |
| 5309 if (*l == ':') | |
| 5310 { | |
| 5311 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
| 5312 ++l; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5313 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 5314 break; |
| 5315 } | |
| 5316 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'') | |
| 5317 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */ | |
| 5318 } | |
| 5319 if (*l == NUL) | |
| 5320 return NULL; | |
| 5321 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1); | |
| 5322 if (*l == NUL) | |
| 5323 return NULL; | |
| 5324 return l; | |
| 5325 } | |
| 5326 | |
| 5327 /* | |
| 5328 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label. | |
| 5329 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label. | |
| 5330 */ | |
| 5331 static int | |
| 5332 get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */ | |
| 5333 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5334 { | |
| 5335 char_u *l; | |
| 5336 pos_T fp; | |
| 5337 colnr_T col; | |
| 5338 char_u *p; | |
| 5339 | |
| 5340 l = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5341 p = after_label(l); | |
| 5342 if (p == NULL) | |
| 5343 return 0; | |
| 5344 | |
| 5345 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l); | |
| 5346 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5347 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5348 return (int)col; | |
| 5349 } | |
| 5350 | |
| 5351 /* | |
| 5352 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label. | |
| 829 | 5353 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp". |
| 7 | 5354 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf) |
| 5355 * ^ | |
| 5356 */ | |
| 5357 static int | |
| 5358 skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 5359 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5360 char_u **pp; | |
| 5361 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5362 { | |
| 5363 char_u *l; | |
| 5364 int amount; | |
| 5365 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5366 | |
| 5367 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5368 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5369 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5370 /* XXX */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5371 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5372 || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 7 | 5373 { |
| 5374 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum); | |
| 5375 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5376 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 5377 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5378 } | |
| 5379 else | |
| 5380 { | |
| 5381 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 5382 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5383 } | |
| 5384 *pp = l; | |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5387 return amount; | |
| 5388 } | |
| 5389 | |
| 5390 /* | |
| 5391 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration. | |
| 5392 * int a, indent of "a" | |
| 5393 * static struct foo b, indent of "b" | |
| 5394 * enum bla c, indent of "c" | |
| 5395 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration. | |
| 5396 */ | |
| 5397 static int | |
| 5398 cin_first_id_amount() | |
| 5399 { | |
| 5400 char_u *line, *p, *s; | |
| 5401 int len; | |
| 5402 pos_T fp; | |
| 5403 colnr_T col; | |
| 5404 | |
| 5405 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5406 p = skipwhite(line); | |
| 835 | 5407 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
| 7 | 5408 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0) |
| 5409 { | |
| 5410 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
| 856 | 5411 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
| 7 | 5412 } |
| 5413 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0) | |
| 5414 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
| 5415 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0) | |
| 5416 p = skipwhite(p + 4); | |
| 5417 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0) | |
| 5418 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0)) | |
| 5419 { | |
| 5420 s = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 5421 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3])) | |
| 5422 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])) | |
| 5423 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5])) | |
| 5424 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))) | |
| 5425 p = s; | |
| 5426 } | |
| 5427 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len) | |
| 5428 ; | |
| 5429 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p)) | |
| 5430 return 0; | |
| 5431 | |
| 5432 p = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 5433 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5434 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line); | |
| 5435 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5436 return (int)col; | |
| 5437 } | |
| 5438 | |
| 5439 /* | |
| 5440 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign. | |
| 5441 * char *foo = "here"; | |
| 5442 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found. | |
| 5443 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash. | |
| 5444 * foo = "asdf\ | |
| 5445 * asdf\ | |
| 5446 * here"; | |
| 5447 */ | |
| 5448 static int | |
| 5449 cin_get_equal_amount(lnum) | |
| 5450 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5451 { | |
| 5452 char_u *line; | |
| 5453 char_u *s; | |
| 5454 colnr_T col; | |
| 5455 pos_T fp; | |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 if (lnum > 1) | |
| 5458 { | |
| 5459 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); | |
| 5460 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 5461 return -1; | |
| 5462 } | |
| 5463 | |
| 5464 line = s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5465 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL) | |
| 5466 { | |
| 5467 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 5468 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5469 else | |
| 5470 ++s; | |
| 5471 } | |
| 5472 if (*s != '=') | |
| 5473 return 0; | |
| 5474 | |
| 5475 s = skipwhite(s + 1); | |
| 5476 if (cin_nocode(s)) | |
| 5477 return 0; | |
| 5478 | |
| 5479 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */ | |
| 5480 ++s; | |
| 5481 | |
| 5482 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5483 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line); | |
| 5484 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5485 return (int)col; | |
| 5486 } | |
| 5487 | |
| 5488 /* | |
| 5489 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'. | |
| 5490 */ | |
| 5491 static int | |
| 5492 cin_ispreproc(s) | |
| 5493 char_u *s; | |
| 5494 { | |
| 2776 | 5495 if (*skipwhite(s) == '#') |
| 7 | 5496 return TRUE; |
| 5497 return FALSE; | |
| 5498 } | |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 /* | |
| 5501 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a | |
| 5502 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the | |
| 5503 * start and return the line in "*pp". | |
| 5504 */ | |
| 5505 static int | |
| 5506 cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump) | |
| 5507 char_u **pp; | |
| 5508 linenr_T *lnump; | |
| 5509 { | |
| 5510 char_u *line = *pp; | |
| 5511 linenr_T lnum = *lnump; | |
| 5512 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 5513 | |
| 408 | 5514 for (;;) |
| 7 | 5515 { |
| 5516 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) | |
| 5517 { | |
| 5518 retval = TRUE; | |
| 5519 *lnump = lnum; | |
| 5520 break; | |
| 5521 } | |
| 5522 if (lnum == 1) | |
| 5523 break; | |
| 5524 line = ml_get(--lnum); | |
| 5525 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 5526 break; | |
| 5527 } | |
| 5528 | |
| 5529 if (lnum != *lnump) | |
| 5530 *pp = ml_get(*lnump); | |
| 5531 return retval; | |
| 5532 } | |
| 5533 | |
| 5534 /* | |
| 5535 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment. | |
| 5536 */ | |
| 5537 static int | |
| 5538 cin_iscomment(p) | |
| 5539 char_u *p; | |
| 5540 { | |
| 5541 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/')); | |
| 5542 } | |
| 5543 | |
| 5544 /* | |
| 5545 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment. | |
| 5546 */ | |
| 5547 static int | |
| 5548 cin_islinecomment(p) | |
| 5549 char_u *p; | |
| 5550 { | |
| 5551 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/'); | |
| 5552 } | |
| 5553 | |
| 5554 /* | |
| 2805 | 5555 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', ',', '{' or |
| 5556 * '}'. | |
| 7 | 5557 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line. |
| 2843 | 5558 * If a line begins with an "else", only consider it terminated if no unmatched |
| 5559 * opening braces follow (handle "else { foo();" correctly). | |
| 7 | 5560 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if |
| 5561 * both apply in order to determine initializations). | |
| 5562 */ | |
| 5563 static int | |
| 5564 cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma) | |
| 5565 char_u *s; | |
| 5566 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */ | |
| 5567 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */ | |
| 5568 { | |
| 2843 | 5569 char_u found_start = 0; |
| 5570 unsigned n_open = 0; | |
| 5571 int is_else = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 5572 |
| 5573 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5574 | |
| 5575 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s))) | |
| 5576 found_start = *s; | |
| 5577 | |
| 2843 | 5578 if (!found_start) |
| 5579 is_else = cin_iselse(s); | |
| 5580 | |
| 7 | 5581 while (*s) |
| 5582 { | |
| 5583 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */ | |
| 5584 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s)); | |
| 2805 | 5585 if (*s == '}' && n_open > 0) |
| 5586 --n_open; | |
| 2843 | 5587 if ((!is_else || n_open == 0) |
| 2805 | 5588 && (*s == ';' || *s == '}' || (incl_comma && *s == ',')) |
| 7 | 5589 && cin_nocode(s + 1)) |
| 5590 return *s; | |
| 2805 | 5591 else if (*s == '{') |
| 5592 { | |
| 5593 if (incl_open && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 5594 return *s; | |
| 5595 else | |
| 5596 ++n_open; | |
| 5597 } | |
| 7 | 5598 |
| 5599 if (*s) | |
| 5600 s++; | |
| 5601 } | |
| 5602 return found_start; | |
| 5603 } | |
| 5604 | |
| 5605 /* | |
| 5606 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to | |
| 5607 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and | |
| 5608 * no semicolons anywhere. | |
| 5609 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line. | |
| 5610 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must | |
| 5611 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here. | |
| 5612 * "lnum" is where we start looking. | |
| 3220 | 5613 * "min_lnum" is the line before which we will not be looking. |
| 7 | 5614 */ |
| 5615 static int | |
| 3220 | 5616 cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum, min_lnum, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) |
| 7 | 5617 char_u **sp; |
| 5618 linenr_T first_lnum; | |
| 3220 | 5619 linenr_T min_lnum; |
| 5620 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 5621 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 7 | 5622 { |
| 5623 char_u *s; | |
| 5624 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum; | |
| 5625 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 3220 | 5626 pos_T *trypos; |
| 5627 int just_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 5628 |
| 5629 if (sp == NULL) | |
| 5630 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5631 else | |
| 5632 s = *sp; | |
| 5633 | |
| 3220 | 5634 if (find_last_paren(s, '(', ')') |
| 5635 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 5636 { | |
| 5637 lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 5638 if (lnum < min_lnum) | |
| 5639 return FALSE; | |
| 5640 | |
| 5641 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5642 } | |
| 5643 | |
| 2776 | 5644 /* Ignore line starting with #. */ |
| 5645 if (cin_ispreproc(s)) | |
| 5646 return FALSE; | |
| 5647 | |
| 7 | 5648 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') |
| 5649 { | |
| 5650 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 5651 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5652 else | |
| 5653 ++s; | |
| 5654 } | |
| 5655 if (*s != '(') | |
| 5656 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */ | |
| 5657 | |
| 5658 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') | |
| 5659 { | |
| 5660 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 5661 { | |
| 5662 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match | |
| 5663 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash: | |
| 5664 * #if defined(x) && \ | |
| 5665 * defined(y) | |
| 5666 */ | |
| 5667 lnum = first_lnum - 1; | |
| 5668 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5669 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 5670 retval = TRUE; | |
| 5671 goto done; | |
| 5672 } | |
| 2776 | 5673 if ((*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) || s[1] == NUL || cin_nocode(s)) |
| 5674 { | |
| 5675 int comma = (*s == ','); | |
| 5676 | |
| 5677 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line. | |
| 5678 * At the end: check for ',' in the next line, for this style: | |
| 5679 * func(arg1 | |
| 5680 * , arg2) */ | |
| 5681 for (;;) | |
| 5682 { | |
| 5683 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 5684 break; | |
| 5685 s = ml_get(++lnum); | |
| 5686 if (!cin_ispreproc(s)) | |
| 5687 break; | |
| 5688 } | |
| 7 | 5689 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 5690 break; | |
| 2776 | 5691 /* Require a comma at end of the line or a comma or ')' at the |
| 5692 * start of next line. */ | |
| 5693 s = skipwhite(s); | |
| 3220 | 5694 if (!just_started && (!comma && *s != ',' && *s != ')')) |
| 2776 | 5695 break; |
| 3220 | 5696 just_started = FALSE; |
| 7 | 5697 } |
| 5698 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 5699 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5700 else | |
| 3220 | 5701 { |
| 7 | 5702 ++s; |
| 3220 | 5703 just_started = FALSE; |
| 5704 } | |
| 7 | 5705 } |
| 5706 | |
| 5707 done: | |
| 5708 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL) | |
| 5709 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum); | |
| 5710 | |
| 5711 return retval; | |
| 5712 } | |
| 5713 | |
| 5714 static int | |
| 5715 cin_isif(p) | |
| 5716 char_u *p; | |
| 5717 { | |
| 5718 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
| 5719 } | |
| 5720 | |
| 5721 static int | |
| 5722 cin_iselse(p) | |
| 5723 char_u *p; | |
| 5724 { | |
| 5725 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */ | |
| 5726 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
| 5727 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4])); | |
| 5728 } | |
| 5729 | |
| 5730 static int | |
| 5731 cin_isdo(p) | |
| 5732 char_u *p; | |
| 5733 { | |
| 5734 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
| 5735 } | |
| 5736 | |
| 5737 /* | |
| 5738 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do". | |
| 5739 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the | |
| 5740 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines. | |
| 5741 */ | |
| 5742 static int | |
| 5743 cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */ | |
| 5744 char_u *p; | |
| 5745 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5746 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 5747 { | |
| 5748 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5749 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5750 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 5751 | |
| 5752 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 5753 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
| 5754 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
| 5755 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5])) | |
| 5756 { | |
| 5757 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5758 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5759 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 5760 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5761 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */ | |
| 5762 { | |
| 5763 ++p; | |
| 5764 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5765 } | |
| 5766 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL | |
| 5767 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';') | |
| 5768 retval = TRUE; | |
| 5769 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5770 } | |
| 5771 return retval; | |
| 5772 } | |
| 5773 | |
| 829 | 5774 /* |
| 3461 | 5775 * Check whether in "p" there is an "if", "for" or "while" before "*poffset". |
| 3454 | 5776 * Return 0 if there is none. |
| 5777 * Otherwise return !0 and update "*poffset" to point to the place where the | |
| 5778 * string was found. | |
| 5779 */ | |
| 5780 static int | |
| 3461 | 5781 cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(line, poffset) |
| 3454 | 5782 char_u *line; |
| 5783 int *poffset; | |
| 5784 { | |
| 3461 | 5785 int offset = *poffset; |
| 3454 | 5786 |
| 5787 if (offset-- < 2) | |
| 5788 return 0; | |
| 5789 while (offset > 2 && vim_iswhite(line[offset])) | |
| 5790 --offset; | |
| 5791 | |
| 5792 offset -= 1; | |
| 5793 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "if", 2)) | |
| 5794 goto probablyFound; | |
| 5795 | |
| 5796 if (offset >= 1) | |
| 5797 { | |
| 5798 offset -= 1; | |
| 5799 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "for", 3)) | |
| 5800 goto probablyFound; | |
| 5801 | |
| 5802 if (offset >= 2) | |
| 5803 { | |
| 5804 offset -= 2; | |
| 5805 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "while", 5)) | |
| 5806 goto probablyFound; | |
| 5807 } | |
| 5808 } | |
| 5809 return 0; | |
| 3461 | 5810 |
| 3454 | 5811 probablyFound: |
| 5812 if (!offset || !vim_isIDc(line[offset - 1])) | |
| 5813 { | |
| 5814 *poffset = offset; | |
| 5815 return 1; | |
| 5816 } | |
| 5817 return 0; | |
| 5818 } | |
| 5819 | |
| 5820 /* | |
| 829 | 5821 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while. |
| 5822 * do | |
| 5823 * nothing; | |
| 5824 * while (foo | |
| 856 | 5825 * && bar); <-- here |
| 829 | 5826 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while". |
| 5827 */ | |
| 5828 static int | |
| 5829 cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 5830 int terminated; | |
| 5831 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 5832 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5833 { | |
| 5834 char_u *line; | |
| 5835 char_u *p; | |
| 5836 char_u *s; | |
| 5837 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5838 int i; | |
| 5839 | |
| 5840 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */ | |
| 5841 return FALSE; | |
| 5842 | |
| 5843 p = line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5844 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 5845 { | |
| 5846 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 5847 if (*p == ')') | |
| 5848 { | |
| 5849 s = skipwhite(p + 1); | |
| 5850 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 5851 { | |
| 5852 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while" | |
| 5853 * before the matching '('. XXX */ | |
| 835 | 5854 i = (int)(p - line); |
| 829 | 5855 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; |
| 5856 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 5857 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 5858 { | |
| 5859 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum)); | |
| 5860 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
| 5861 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 5862 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5])) | |
| 5863 { | |
| 5864 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 5865 return TRUE; | |
| 5866 } | |
| 5867 } | |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */ | |
| 5870 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5871 p = line + i; | |
| 5872 } | |
| 5873 } | |
| 5874 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 5875 ++p; | |
| 5876 } | |
| 5877 return FALSE; | |
| 5878 } | |
| 5879 | |
| 7 | 5880 static int |
| 5881 cin_isbreak(p) | |
| 5882 char_u *p; | |
| 5883 { | |
| 5884 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5])); | |
| 5885 } | |
| 5886 | |
| 828 | 5887 /* |
| 5888 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or | |
| 7 | 5889 * constructor-initialization. eg: |
| 5890 * | |
| 5891 * class MyClass : | |
| 5892 * baseClass <-- here | |
| 5893 * class MyClass : public baseClass, | |
| 5894 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??) | |
| 5895 * MyClass::MyClass(...) : | |
| 5896 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization) | |
| 827 | 5897 * |
| 5898 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo". | |
| 7 | 5899 */ |
| 5900 static int | |
| 1336 | 5901 cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col) |
| 828 | 5902 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */ |
| 7 | 5903 { |
| 5904 char_u *s; | |
| 5905 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class; | |
| 828 | 5906 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 1336 | 5907 char_u *line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7 | 5908 |
| 5909 *col = 0; | |
| 5910 | |
| 17 | 5911 s = skipwhite(line); |
| 5912 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */ | |
| 5913 return FALSE; | |
| 5914 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 7 | 5915 if (*s == NUL) |
| 5916 return FALSE; | |
| 5917 | |
| 5918 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 5919 | |
| 828 | 5920 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing |
| 5921 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations: | |
| 5922 * a = cond ? | |
| 5923 * func() : | |
| 856 | 5924 * asdf; |
| 828 | 5925 * func::foo() |
| 5926 * : something | |
| 5927 * {} | |
| 5928 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two) | |
| 5929 * : something(4), | |
| 5930 * somethingelse(3) | |
| 5931 * {} | |
| 5932 */ | |
| 5933 while (lnum > 1) | |
| 5934 { | |
| 1336 | 5935 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); |
| 5936 s = skipwhite(line); | |
| 828 | 5937 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL) |
| 5938 break; | |
| 5939 while (*s != NUL) | |
| 5940 { | |
| 5941 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5942 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}' | |
| 5943 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))) | |
| 5944 break; | |
| 5945 if (*s != NUL) | |
| 5946 ++s; | |
| 5947 } | |
| 5948 if (*s != NUL) | |
| 5949 break; | |
| 5950 --lnum; | |
| 5951 } | |
| 5952 | |
| 1336 | 5953 line = ml_get(lnum); |
| 5954 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
| 828 | 5955 for (;;) |
| 5956 { | |
| 5957 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 5958 { | |
| 5959 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 5960 break; | |
| 5961 /* Continue in the cursor line. */ | |
| 1336 | 5962 line = ml_get(++lnum); |
| 5963 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
| 5964 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 5965 continue; | |
| 828 | 5966 } |
| 5967 | |
| 2807 | 5968 if (s[0] == '"') |
| 5969 s = skip_string(s) + 1; | |
| 5970 else if (s[0] == ':') | |
| 7 | 5971 { |
| 5972 if (s[1] == ':') | |
| 5973 { | |
| 5974 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor | |
| 5975 * initialization any more */ | |
| 5976 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 5977 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2); | |
| 5978 } | |
| 5979 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct) | |
| 5980 { | |
| 5981 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of | |
| 1532 | 5982 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */ |
| 7 | 5983 cpp_base_class = TRUE; |
| 5984 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 5985 *col = 0; | |
| 5986 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 5987 } | |
| 5988 else | |
| 5989 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 5990 } | |
| 5991 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5])) | |
| 5992 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6]))) | |
| 5993 { | |
| 5994 class_or_struct = TRUE; | |
| 5995 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 5996 | |
| 5997 if (*s == 'c') | |
| 5998 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5); | |
| 5999 else | |
| 6000 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6); | |
| 6001 } | |
| 6002 else | |
| 6003 { | |
| 6004 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';') | |
| 6005 { | |
| 6006 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6007 } | |
| 6008 else if (s[0] == ')') | |
| 6009 { | |
| 6010 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across | |
| 6011 * something like "):" */ | |
| 6012 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6013 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE; | |
| 6014 } | |
| 827 | 6015 else if (s[0] == '?') |
| 6016 { | |
| 6017 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */ | |
| 6018 return FALSE; | |
| 6019 } | |
| 7 | 6020 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0])) |
| 6021 { | |
| 6022 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */ | |
| 6023 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6024 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6025 } | |
| 6026 else if (*col == 0) | |
| 6027 { | |
| 6028 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */ | |
| 6029 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6030 | |
| 6031 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */ | |
| 828 | 6032 if (cpp_base_class) |
| 7 | 6033 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line); |
| 6034 } | |
| 6035 | |
| 828 | 6036 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */ |
| 6037 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6038 *col = 0; | |
| 6039 | |
| 7 | 6040 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); |
| 6041 } | |
| 6042 } | |
| 6043 | |
| 6044 return cpp_base_class; | |
| 6045 } | |
| 6046 | |
| 828 | 6047 static int |
| 6048 get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 6049 int col; | |
| 6050 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6051 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6052 int ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 6053 { | |
| 6054 int amount; | |
| 6055 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 6056 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6057 | |
| 6058 if (col == 0) | |
| 6059 { | |
| 6060 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 6061 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')') | |
| 6062 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 6063 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 6064 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 6065 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL)) | |
| 6066 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 6067 } | |
| 6068 else | |
| 6069 { | |
| 6070 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6071 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6072 amount = (int)vcol; | |
| 6073 } | |
| 6074 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 6075 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 6076 return amount; | |
| 6077 } | |
| 6078 | |
| 7 | 6079 /* |
| 6080 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by | |
| 6081 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments. | |
| 6082 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL. | |
| 6083 */ | |
| 6084 static int | |
| 6085 cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore) | |
| 6086 char_u *s; | |
| 6087 char_u *find; | |
| 6088 char_u *ignore; | |
| 6089 { | |
| 6090 char_u *p = s; | |
| 6091 char_u *r; | |
| 6092 int len = (int)STRLEN(find); | |
| 6093 | |
| 6094 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 6095 { | |
| 6096 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6097 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0) | |
| 6098 { | |
| 6099 r = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 6100 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0) | |
| 6101 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore)); | |
| 6102 if (cin_nocode(r)) | |
| 6103 return TRUE; | |
| 6104 } | |
| 6105 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 6106 ++p; | |
| 6107 } | |
| 6108 return FALSE; | |
| 6109 } | |
| 6110 | |
| 6111 /* | |
| 6112 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos". | |
| 6113 * Return the column found. | |
| 6114 */ | |
| 6115 static int | |
| 6116 cin_skip2pos(trypos) | |
| 6117 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6118 { | |
| 6119 char_u *line; | |
| 6120 char_u *p; | |
| 6121 | |
| 6122 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
| 6123 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col) | |
| 6124 { | |
| 6125 if (cin_iscomment(p)) | |
| 6126 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6127 else | |
| 6128 { | |
| 6129 p = skip_string(p); | |
| 6130 ++p; | |
| 6131 } | |
| 6132 } | |
| 6133 return (int)(p - line); | |
| 6134 } | |
| 6135 | |
| 6136 /* | |
| 6137 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in. | |
| 6138 * Return NULL if no match found. | |
| 6139 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines | |
| 6140 * work. */ | |
| 6141 /* foo() */ | |
| 6142 /* { */ | |
| 6143 /* } */ | |
| 6144 | |
| 6145 static pos_T * | |
| 6146 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 6147 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6148 { | |
| 6149 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6150 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6151 pos_T *pos; | |
| 6152 static pos_T pos_copy; | |
| 6153 | |
| 6154 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6155 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL) | |
| 6156 { | |
| 6157 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */ | |
| 6158 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
| 6159 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 6160 pos = NULL; | |
| 829 | 6161 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */ |
| 7 | 6162 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col |
| 6163 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6164 break; | |
| 6165 if (pos != NULL) | |
| 6166 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 6167 } | |
| 6168 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6169 return trypos; | |
| 6170 } | |
| 6171 | |
| 6172 /* | |
| 6173 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment. | |
| 3454 | 6174 * Return NULL if no match found. |
| 7 | 6175 */ |
| 6176 static pos_T * | |
| 6177 find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 6178 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6179 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6180 { | |
| 6181 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6182 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 829 | 6183 static pos_T pos_copy; |
| 7 | 6184 |
| 6185 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6186 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL) | |
| 6187 { | |
| 6188 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */ | |
| 6189 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col) | |
| 6190 trypos = NULL; | |
| 6191 else | |
| 6192 { | |
| 6193 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */ | |
| 6194 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
| 6195 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 6196 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6197 trypos = NULL; | |
| 6198 } | |
| 6199 } | |
| 6200 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6201 return trypos; | |
| 6202 } | |
| 6203 | |
| 6204 /* | |
| 6205 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the | |
| 6206 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a | |
| 6207 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of | |
| 6208 * looking a few lines further. | |
| 6209 */ | |
| 6210 static int | |
| 6211 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos) | |
| 6212 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6213 pos_T *startpos; | |
| 6214 { | |
| 6215 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6216 | |
| 6217 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2) | |
| 6218 return ind_maxparen - (int)n; | |
| 6219 return ind_maxparen; | |
| 6220 } | |
| 6221 | |
| 6222 /* | |
| 6223 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in | |
| 3172 | 6224 * line "l". "l" must point to the start of the line. |
| 7 | 6225 */ |
| 6226 static int | |
| 6227 find_last_paren(l, start, end) | |
| 6228 char_u *l; | |
| 6229 int start, end; | |
| 6230 { | |
| 6231 int i; | |
| 6232 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 6233 int open_count = 0; | |
| 6234 | |
| 6235 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */ | |
| 6236 | |
| 3172 | 6237 for (i = 0; l[i] != NUL; i++) |
| 7 | 6238 { |
| 6239 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */ | |
| 6240 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */ | |
| 6241 if (l[i] == start) | |
| 6242 ++open_count; | |
| 6243 else if (l[i] == end) | |
| 6244 { | |
| 6245 if (open_count > 0) | |
| 6246 --open_count; | |
| 6247 else | |
| 6248 { | |
| 6249 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 6250 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6251 } | |
| 6252 } | |
| 6253 } | |
| 6254 return retval; | |
| 6255 } | |
| 6256 | |
| 6257 int | |
| 6258 get_c_indent() | |
| 6259 { | |
| 6260 /* | |
| 6261 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that | |
| 6262 * block should be | |
| 6263 */ | |
| 6264 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6265 | |
| 6266 /* | |
| 6267 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a | |
| 6268 * line is imagined to be. | |
| 6269 */ | |
| 6270 int ind_open_imag = 0; | |
| 6271 | |
| 6272 /* | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
6273 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not preceded by |
| 7 | 6274 * an opening brace. |
| 6275 */ | |
| 6276 int ind_no_brace = 0; | |
| 6277 | |
| 6278 /* | |
| 6279 * column where the first { of a function should be located } | |
| 6280 */ | |
| 6281 int ind_first_open = 0; | |
| 6282 | |
| 6283 /* | |
| 6284 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be | |
| 6285 * located | |
| 6286 */ | |
| 6287 int ind_open_extra = 0; | |
| 6288 | |
| 6289 /* | |
| 6290 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left | |
| 6291 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close | |
| 6292 * brace should be located | |
| 6293 */ | |
| 6294 int ind_close_extra = 0; | |
| 6295 | |
| 6296 /* | |
| 6297 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost | |
| 6298 * column is imagined to be | |
| 6299 */ | |
| 6300 int ind_open_left_imag = 0; | |
| 6301 | |
| 6302 /* | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6303 * Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative, |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6304 * otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1. |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6305 */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6306 int ind_jump_label = -1; |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6307 |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6308 /* |
| 7 | 6309 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located |
| 6310 */ | |
| 6311 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6312 | |
| 6313 /* | |
| 6314 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located | |
| 6315 */ | |
| 6316 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6317 | |
| 6318 /* | |
| 6319 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label | |
| 6320 */ | |
| 6321 int ind_case_break = 0; | |
| 6322 | |
| 6323 /* | |
| 6324 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label | |
| 6325 * should be located | |
| 6326 */ | |
| 6327 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6328 | |
| 6329 /* | |
| 6330 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located | |
| 6331 */ | |
| 6332 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6333 | |
| 6334 /* | |
| 6335 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented | |
| 6336 */ | |
| 6337 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6338 | |
| 6339 /* | |
| 6340 * amount a function type spec should be indented | |
| 6341 */ | |
| 6342 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6343 | |
| 6344 /* | |
| 6345 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization | |
| 6346 * should be indented | |
| 6347 */ | |
| 6348 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 /* | |
| 6351 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line | |
| 6352 * should be located | |
| 6353 */ | |
| 6354 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6355 | |
| 6356 /* | |
| 6357 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses | |
| 6358 */ | |
| 6359 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2; | |
| 6360 | |
| 6361 /* | |
| 6362 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which | |
| 6363 * itself is also unclosed | |
| 6364 */ | |
| 6365 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 /* | |
| 6368 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an | |
| 6369 * unclosed parentheses. | |
| 6370 */ | |
| 6371 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0; | |
| 6372 | |
| 6373 /* | |
| 6374 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and | |
| 6375 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer | |
| 6376 * context (for very long lines). | |
| 6377 */ | |
| 6378 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0; | |
| 6379 | |
| 6380 /* | |
| 6381 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after | |
| 6382 * an unclosed parentheses. | |
| 6383 */ | |
| 6384 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0; | |
| 6385 | |
| 6386 /* | |
| 6387 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching | |
| 6388 * opening parentheses. | |
| 6389 */ | |
| 6390 int ind_matching_paren = 0; | |
| 6391 | |
| 6392 /* | |
| 829 | 6393 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line. |
| 6394 */ | |
| 6395 int ind_paren_prev = 0; | |
| 6396 | |
| 6397 /* | |
| 7 | 6398 * Extra indent for comments. |
| 6399 */ | |
| 6400 int ind_comment = 0; | |
| 6401 | |
| 6402 /* | |
| 6403 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it. | |
| 6404 */ | |
| 6405 int ind_in_comment = 3; | |
| 6406 | |
| 6407 /* | |
| 6408 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something | |
| 6409 * after the comment opener. | |
| 6410 */ | |
| 6411 int ind_in_comment2 = 0; | |
| 6412 | |
| 6413 /* | |
| 6414 * max lines to search for an open paren | |
| 6415 */ | |
| 6416 int ind_maxparen = 20; | |
| 6417 | |
| 6418 /* | |
| 6419 * max lines to search for an open comment | |
| 6420 */ | |
| 6421 int ind_maxcomment = 70; | |
| 6422 | |
| 6423 /* | |
| 6424 * handle braces for java code | |
| 6425 */ | |
| 6426 int ind_java = 0; | |
| 6427 | |
| 6428 /* | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6429 * not to confuse JS object properties with labels |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6430 */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6431 int ind_js = 0; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6432 |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6433 /* |
| 7 | 6434 * handle blocked cases correctly |
| 6435 */ | |
| 6436 int ind_keep_case_label = 0; | |
| 6437 | |
| 2857 | 6438 /* |
| 6439 * handle C++ namespace | |
| 6440 */ | |
| 6441 int ind_cpp_namespace = 0; | |
| 6442 | |
| 3454 | 6443 /* |
| 6444 * handle continuation lines containing conditions of if(), for() and | |
| 6445 * while() | |
| 6446 */ | |
| 6447 int ind_if_for_while = 0; | |
| 6448 | |
| 7 | 6449 pos_T cur_curpos; |
| 6450 int amount; | |
| 6451 int scope_amount; | |
| 834 | 6452 int cur_amount = MAXCOL; |
| 7 | 6453 colnr_T col; |
| 6454 char_u *theline; | |
| 6455 char_u *linecopy; | |
| 6456 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6457 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL; | |
| 6458 pos_T our_paren_pos; | |
| 6459 char_u *start; | |
| 6460 int start_brace; | |
| 1532 | 6461 #define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */ |
| 7 | 6462 #define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */ |
| 6463 #define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
| 6464 linenr_T ourscope; | |
| 6465 char_u *l; | |
| 6466 char_u *look; | |
| 6467 char_u terminated; | |
| 6468 int lookfor; | |
| 6469 #define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0 | |
| 6470 #define LOOKFOR_IF 1 | |
| 6471 #define LOOKFOR_DO 2 | |
| 6472 #define LOOKFOR_CASE 3 | |
| 6473 #define LOOKFOR_ANY 4 | |
| 6474 #define LOOKFOR_TERM 5 | |
| 6475 #define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6 | |
| 6476 #define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7 | |
| 6477 #define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8 | |
| 6478 #define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9 | |
| 6479 #define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10 | |
| 6480 | |
| 6481 int whilelevel; | |
| 6482 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6483 char_u *options; | |
| 6484 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 6485 int divider; | |
| 6486 int n; | |
| 6487 int iscase; | |
| 6488 int lookfor_break; | |
| 2857 | 6489 int lookfor_cpp_namespace = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6490 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */ |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6491 int original_line_islabel; |
| 3123 | 6492 int added_to_amount = 0; |
| 7 | 6493 |
| 6494 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; ) | |
| 6495 { | |
| 6496 l = options++; | |
| 6497 if (*options == '-') | |
| 6498 ++options; | |
| 6499 n = getdigits(&options); | |
| 6500 divider = 0; | |
| 6501 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */ | |
| 6502 { | |
| 6503 fraction = atol((char *)++options); | |
| 6504 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options)) | |
| 6505 { | |
| 6506 ++options; | |
| 6507 if (divider) | |
| 6508 divider *= 10; | |
| 6509 else | |
| 6510 divider = 10; | |
| 6511 } | |
| 6512 } | |
| 6513 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 6514 { | |
| 6515 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0) | |
| 6516 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 6517 else | |
| 6518 { | |
| 6519 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6520 if (divider) | |
| 6521 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider; | |
| 6522 } | |
| 6523 ++options; | |
| 6524 } | |
| 6525 if (l[1] == '-') | |
| 6526 n = -n; | |
| 6527 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in | |
| 1096 | 6528 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */ |
| 7 | 6529 switch (*l) |
| 6530 { | |
| 6531 case '>': ind_level = n; break; | |
| 6532 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break; | |
| 6533 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break; | |
| 6534 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break; | |
| 6535 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break; | |
| 6536 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break; | |
| 6537 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break; | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6538 case 'L': ind_jump_label = n; break; |
| 7 | 6539 case ':': ind_case = n; break; |
| 6540 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break; | |
| 6541 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break; | |
| 6542 case 'p': ind_param = n; break; | |
| 6543 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break; | |
| 6544 case '/': ind_comment = n; break; | |
| 6545 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break; | |
| 6546 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break; | |
| 6547 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break; | |
| 6548 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break; | |
| 6549 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break; | |
| 6550 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break; | |
| 6551 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break; | |
| 6552 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break; | |
| 6553 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break; | |
| 6554 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break; | |
| 829 | 6555 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break; |
| 7 | 6556 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break; |
| 6557 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break; | |
| 6558 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break; | |
| 6559 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break; | |
| 6560 case 'j': ind_java = n; break; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6561 case 'J': ind_js = n; break; |
| 7 | 6562 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break; |
| 1096 | 6563 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break; |
| 2857 | 6564 case 'N': ind_cpp_namespace = n; break; |
| 3454 | 6565 case 'k': ind_if_for_while = n; break; |
| 7 | 6566 } |
|
2129
24100651daa9
updated for version 7.2.411
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2094
diff
changeset
|
6567 if (*options == ',') |
|
24100651daa9
updated for version 7.2.411
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2094
diff
changeset
|
6568 ++options; |
| 7 | 6569 } |
| 6570 | |
| 6571 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */ | |
| 6572 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6573 | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6574 /* if we are at line 1 0 is fine, right? */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6575 if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6576 return 0; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6577 |
| 7 | 6578 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line. |
| 6579 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with | |
| 6580 * ml_get is valid! */ | |
| 6581 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum)); | |
| 6582 if (linecopy == NULL) | |
| 6583 return 0; | |
| 6584 | |
| 6585 /* | |
| 6586 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the | |
| 6587 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when | |
| 6588 * inserting new stuff. | |
| 6589 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus | |
| 6590 * check for that. | |
| 6591 */ | |
| 6592 if ((State & INSERT) | |
| 1883 | 6593 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy) |
| 7 | 6594 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')') |
| 6595 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 6596 | |
| 6597 theline = skipwhite(linecopy); | |
| 6598 | |
| 6599 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */ | |
| 6600 | |
| 6601 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6602 | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6603 original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6604 |
| 7 | 6605 /* |
| 6606 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 6607 */ | |
| 6608 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE))) | |
| 6609 { | |
| 6610 amount = 0; | |
| 6611 } | |
| 6612 | |
| 6613 /* | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6614 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless: |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6615 * - JS flag is set. |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6616 * - 'L' item has a positive value. |
| 7 | 6617 */ |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6618 else if (original_line_islabel && !ind_js && ind_jump_label < 0) |
| 7 | 6619 { |
| 6620 amount = 0; | |
| 6621 } | |
| 6622 | |
| 6623 /* | |
| 6624 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a | |
| 6625 * previous line, lineup with that one. | |
| 6626 */ | |
| 6627 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline) | |
| 6628 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6629 { | |
| 6630 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
| 6631 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6632 amount = col; | |
| 6633 } | |
| 6634 | |
| 6635 /* | |
| 6636 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the | |
| 6637 * comment, try using the 'comments' option. | |
| 6638 */ | |
| 6639 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline) | |
| 6640 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6641 { | |
| 6642 int lead_start_len = 2; | |
| 6643 int lead_middle_len = 1; | |
| 6644 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */ | |
| 6645 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
| 6646 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 6647 char_u *p; | |
| 6648 int start_align = 0; | |
| 6649 int start_off = 0; | |
| 6650 int done = FALSE; | |
| 6651 | |
| 6652 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
| 6653 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6654 amount = col; | |
| 2764 | 6655 *lead_start = NUL; |
| 6656 *lead_middle = NUL; | |
| 7 | 6657 |
| 6658 p = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 6659 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 6660 { | |
| 6661 int align = 0; | |
| 6662 int off = 0; | |
| 6663 int what = 0; | |
| 6664 | |
| 6665 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':') | |
| 6666 { | |
| 6667 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 6668 what = *p++; | |
| 6669 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 6670 align = *p++; | |
| 6671 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') | |
| 6672 off = getdigits(&p); | |
| 6673 else | |
| 6674 ++p; | |
| 6675 } | |
| 6676 | |
| 6677 if (*p == ':') | |
| 6678 ++p; | |
| 6679 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 6680 if (what == COM_START) | |
| 6681 { | |
| 6682 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end); | |
| 6683 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start); | |
| 6684 start_off = off; | |
| 6685 start_align = align; | |
| 6686 } | |
| 6687 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 6688 { | |
| 6689 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end); | |
| 6690 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
| 6691 } | |
| 6692 else if (what == COM_END) | |
| 6693 { | |
| 6694 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it | |
| 6695 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */ | |
| 6696 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0 | |
| 6697 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0) | |
| 6698 { | |
| 6699 done = TRUE; | |
| 6700 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 6701 { | |
| 6702 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous | |
| 1532 | 6703 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If |
| 7 | 6704 * the middle comment string matches in the previous |
| 6705 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */ | |
| 6706 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1)); | |
| 6707 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0) | |
| 6708 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 6709 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle, | |
| 6710 lead_middle_len) == 0) | |
| 6711 { | |
| 6712 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 6713 break; | |
| 6714 } | |
| 6715 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the | |
| 6716 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */ | |
| 6717 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col, | |
| 6718 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0) | |
| 6719 continue; | |
| 6720 } | |
| 6721 if (start_off != 0) | |
| 6722 amount += start_off; | |
| 6723 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 17 | 6724 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
| 6725 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
| 7 | 6726 break; |
| 6727 } | |
| 6728 | |
| 6729 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up | |
| 6730 * with the middle comment */ | |
| 6731 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0 | |
| 6732 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0) | |
| 6733 { | |
| 6734 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 6735 /* XXX */ | |
| 6736 if (off != 0) | |
| 6737 amount += off; | |
| 6738 else if (align == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 17 | 6739 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
| 6740 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
| 7 | 6741 done = TRUE; |
| 6742 break; | |
| 6743 } | |
| 6744 } | |
| 6745 } | |
| 6746 | |
| 6747 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the | |
| 6748 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up | |
| 6749 * with the first character of the comment text. | |
| 6750 */ | |
| 6751 if (done) | |
| 6752 ; | |
| 6753 else if (theline[0] == '*') | |
| 6754 amount += 1; | |
| 6755 else | |
| 6756 { | |
| 6757 /* | |
| 6758 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take | |
| 6759 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO" | |
| 6760 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any | |
| 6761 * white characters after it line up with the text after it; | |
| 6762 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino' | |
| 6763 */ | |
| 6764 amount = -1; | |
| 6765 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum) | |
| 6766 { | |
| 6767 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */ | |
| 6768 continue; | |
| 6769 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 6770 break; | |
| 6771 } | |
| 6772 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */ | |
| 6773 { | |
| 6774 if (!ind_in_comment2) | |
| 6775 { | |
| 6776 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
| 6777 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */ | |
| 6778 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */ | |
| 6779 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start); | |
| 6780 } | |
| 6781 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6782 amount = col; | |
| 6783 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL) | |
| 6784 amount += ind_in_comment; | |
| 6785 } | |
| 6786 } | |
| 6787 } | |
| 6788 | |
| 6789 /* | |
| 6790 * Are we inside parentheses or braces? | |
| 6791 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 6792 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL | |
| 6793 && ind_java == 0) | |
| 6794 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL | |
| 6795 || trypos != NULL) | |
| 6796 { | |
| 6797 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL) | |
| 6798 { | |
| 6799 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is | |
| 6800 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */ | |
| 6801 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 6802 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 6803 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col) | |
| 6804 trypos = NULL; | |
| 6805 else | |
| 6806 tryposBrace = NULL; | |
| 6807 } | |
| 6808 | |
| 6809 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 6810 { | |
| 6811 /* | |
| 6812 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of | |
| 6813 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren. | |
| 6814 */ | |
| 829 | 6815 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev) |
| 6816 { | |
| 6817 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
| 6818 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */ | |
| 6819 } | |
| 6820 else | |
| 6821 { | |
| 6822 amount = -1; | |
| 6823 our_paren_pos = *trypos; | |
| 6824 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum) | |
| 7 | 6825 { |
| 829 | 6826 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum)); |
| 6827 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */ | |
| 6828 continue; | |
| 6829 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum)) | |
| 6830 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */ | |
| 6831 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 6832 | |
| 6833 /* Skip a comment. XXX */ | |
| 6834 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 6835 { | |
| 6836 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 6837 continue; | |
| 6838 } | |
| 6839 | |
| 6840 /* XXX */ | |
| 6841 if ((trypos = find_match_paren( | |
| 6842 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos), | |
| 7 | 6843 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL |
| 829 | 6844 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum |
| 6845 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col) | |
| 6846 { | |
| 6847 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 6848 | |
| 6849 if (theline[0] == ')') | |
| 6850 { | |
| 6851 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum | |
| 6852 && cur_amount > amount) | |
| 6853 cur_amount = amount; | |
| 6854 amount = -1; | |
| 6855 } | |
| 6856 break; | |
| 6857 } | |
| 7 | 6858 } |
| 6859 } | |
| 6860 | |
| 6861 /* | |
| 6862 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX | |
| 6863 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed | |
| 6864 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses. | |
| 6865 */ | |
| 6866 if (amount == -1) | |
| 6867 { | |
| 829 | 6868 int ignore_paren_col = 0; |
| 3454 | 6869 int is_if_for_while = 0; |
| 6870 | |
| 6871 if (ind_if_for_while) | |
| 6872 { | |
| 6873 /* Look for the outermost opening parenthesis on this line | |
| 6874 * and check whether it belongs to an "if", "for" or "while". */ | |
| 6875 | |
| 6876 pos_T cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6877 pos_T outermost; | |
| 6878 char_u *line; | |
| 6879 | |
| 6880 trypos = &our_paren_pos; | |
| 6881 do { | |
| 6882 outermost = *trypos; | |
| 6883 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = outermost.lnum; | |
| 6884 curwin->w_cursor.col = outermost.col; | |
| 6885 | |
| 6886 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 6887 } while (trypos && trypos->lnum == outermost.lnum); | |
| 6888 | |
| 6889 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6890 | |
| 6891 line = ml_get(outermost.lnum); | |
| 6892 | |
| 6893 is_if_for_while = | |
| 3461 | 6894 cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(line, &outermost.col); |
| 3454 | 6895 } |
| 829 | 6896 |
| 7 | 6897 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment); |
| 829 | 6898 look = skipwhite(look); |
| 6899 if (*look == '(') | |
| 6900 { | |
| 6901 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6902 char_u *line; | |
| 6903 int look_col; | |
| 6904 | |
| 6905 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before | |
| 6906 * our matching '('. */ | |
| 6907 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
| 6908 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 6909 look_col = (int)(look - line); |
| 829 | 6910 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1; |
| 6911 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 6912 != NULL | |
| 6913 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum | |
| 6914 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col) | |
| 6915 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1; | |
| 6916 | |
| 6917 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum; | |
| 6918 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col; | |
| 6919 } | |
| 3454 | 6920 if (theline[0] == ')' || (ind_unclosed == 0 && is_if_for_while == 0) |
| 829 | 6921 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '(' |
| 6922 && ignore_paren_col == 0)) | |
| 7 | 6923 { |
| 6924 /* | |
| 6925 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there; | |
| 6926 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character. | |
| 6927 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is | |
| 6928 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the | |
| 6929 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next | |
| 6930 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long | |
| 6931 * lines). | |
| 6932 */ | |
| 6933 if (theline[0] != ')') | |
| 6934 { | |
| 6935 cur_amount = MAXCOL; | |
| 6936 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum); | |
| 6937 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped | |
| 6938 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL)) | |
| 6939 { | |
| 6940 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level | |
| 6941 * for each additional level */ | |
| 6942 n = 1; | |
| 6943 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col) | |
| 6944 { | |
| 6945 switch (l[col]) | |
| 6946 { | |
| 6947 case '(': | |
| 6948 case '{': ++n; | |
| 6949 break; | |
| 6950 | |
| 6951 case ')': | |
| 6952 case '}': if (n > 1) | |
| 6953 --n; | |
| 6954 break; | |
| 6955 } | |
| 6956 } | |
| 6957 | |
| 6958 our_paren_pos.col = 0; | |
| 6959 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped; | |
| 6960 } | |
| 6961 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok) | |
| 6962 our_paren_pos.col++; | |
| 6963 else | |
| 6964 { | |
| 6965 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1; | |
| 6966 while (vim_iswhite(l[col])) | |
| 6967 col++; | |
| 6968 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */ | |
| 6969 our_paren_pos.col = col; | |
| 6970 else | |
| 6971 our_paren_pos.col++; | |
| 6972 } | |
| 6973 } | |
| 6974 | |
| 6975 /* | |
| 6976 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it | |
| 6977 * if we did the above "if". | |
| 6978 */ | |
| 6979 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0) | |
| 6980 { | |
| 6981 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6982 if (cur_amount > (int)col) | |
| 6983 cur_amount = col; | |
| 6984 } | |
| 6985 } | |
| 6986 | |
| 6987 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren) | |
| 6988 { | |
| 6989 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
| 6990 } | |
| 3454 | 6991 else if ((ind_unclosed == 0 && is_if_for_while == 0) |
| 6992 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore | |
| 829 | 6993 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0)) |
| 7 | 6994 { |
| 6995 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL) | |
| 6996 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 6997 } | |
| 6998 else | |
| 6999 { | |
| 829 | 7000 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but |
| 7001 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */ | |
| 7 | 7002 col = our_paren_pos.col; |
| 834 | 7003 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col) |
| 7 | 7004 { |
| 7005 --our_paren_pos.col; | |
| 7006 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos)) | |
| 7007 { | |
| 7008 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2; | |
| 7009 col = our_paren_pos.col; | |
| 7010 break; | |
| 7011 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2; | |
| 7012 col = MAXCOL; | |
| 7013 break; | |
| 7014 } | |
| 7015 } | |
| 7016 | |
| 7017 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside | |
| 7018 * braces */ | |
| 7019 if (col == MAXCOL) | |
| 7020 amount += ind_unclosed; | |
| 7021 else | |
| 7022 { | |
| 7023 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
| 7024 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 2762 | 7025 if (find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) != NULL) |
| 7 | 7026 amount += ind_unclosed2; |
| 7027 else | |
| 3454 | 7028 { |
| 7029 if (is_if_for_while) | |
| 7030 amount += ind_if_for_while; | |
| 7031 else | |
| 7032 amount += ind_unclosed; | |
| 7033 } | |
| 7 | 7034 } |
| 7035 /* | |
| 7036 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two | |
| 7037 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous | |
| 7038 * lines: | |
| 7039 * func_long_name( if (x | |
| 7040 * arg && yy | |
| 7041 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here | |
| 7042 */ | |
| 7043 if (cur_amount < amount) | |
| 7044 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7045 } | |
| 7046 } | |
| 7047 | |
| 7048 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 7049 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 7050 amount += ind_comment; | |
| 7051 } | |
| 7052 | |
| 7053 /* | |
| 7054 * Are we at least inside braces, then? | |
| 7055 */ | |
| 7056 else | |
| 7057 { | |
| 7058 trypos = tryposBrace; | |
| 7059 | |
| 7060 ourscope = trypos->lnum; | |
| 7061 start = ml_get(ourscope); | |
| 7062 | |
| 7063 /* | |
| 7064 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general. | |
| 7065 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that; | |
| 7066 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as | |
| 7067 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that. | |
| 7068 */ | |
| 7069 look = skipwhite(start); | |
| 7070 if (*look == '{') | |
| 7071 { | |
| 7072 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7073 amount = col; | |
| 7074 if (*start == '{') | |
| 7075 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0; | |
| 7076 else | |
| 7077 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START; | |
| 7078 } | |
| 7079 else | |
| 7080 { | |
| 7081 /* | |
| 7082 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation | |
| 7083 * line. if so, find the start of the line. | |
| 7084 */ | |
| 7085 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope; | |
| 7086 | |
| 7087 /* | |
| 7088 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 7089 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7090 */ | |
| 7091 lnum = ourscope; | |
| 7092 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')') | |
| 7093 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 7094 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7095 lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 7096 | |
| 7097 /* | |
| 7098 * It could have been something like | |
| 7099 * case 1: if (asdf && | |
| 7100 * ldfd) { | |
| 7101 * } | |
| 7102 */ | |
| 2879 | 7103 if (ind_js || (ind_keep_case_label |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7104 && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE))) |
| 7 | 7105 amount = get_indent(); |
| 7106 else | |
| 7107 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7108 | |
| 7109 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END; | |
| 7110 } | |
| 7111 | |
| 7112 /* | |
| 7113 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where | |
| 7114 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room | |
| 7115 * that an indent is supposed to be. | |
| 7116 */ | |
| 7117 if (theline[0] == '}') | |
| 7118 { | |
| 7119 /* | |
| 7120 * they may want closing braces to line up with something | |
| 7121 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so. | |
| 7122 */ | |
| 7123 amount += ind_close_extra; | |
| 7124 } | |
| 7125 else | |
| 7126 { | |
| 7127 /* | |
| 7128 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if" | |
| 7129 * to match it with. | |
| 7130 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do" | |
| 7131 * to match it with. | |
| 7132 */ | |
| 7133 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
| 7134 if (cin_iselse(theline)) | |
| 7135 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF; | |
| 7136 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 7137 /* XXX */ | |
| 7138 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO; | |
| 7139 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL) | |
| 7140 { | |
| 7141 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum; | |
| 7142 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, | |
| 7143 ind_maxcomment) == OK) | |
| 7144 { | |
| 7145 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7146 goto theend; | |
| 7147 } | |
| 7148 } | |
| 7149 | |
| 7150 /* | |
| 7151 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or | |
| 7152 * failed to find a matching "if"). | |
| 7153 * Search backwards for something to line up with. | |
| 7154 * First set amount for when we don't find anything. | |
| 7155 */ | |
| 7156 | |
| 7157 /* | |
| 7158 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary | |
| 7159 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the | |
| 7160 * location for ind_open_extra. | |
| 7161 */ | |
| 7162 | |
| 7163 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */ | |
| 7164 { | |
| 7165 amount = ind_open_left_imag; | |
| 2857 | 7166 lookfor_cpp_namespace = TRUE; |
| 7167 } | |
| 7168 else if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_START && | |
| 7169 lookfor_cpp_namespace) /* '{' is at start */ | |
| 7170 { | |
| 7171 | |
| 7172 lookfor_cpp_namespace = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7173 } |
| 7174 else | |
| 7175 { | |
| 7176 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
| 2857 | 7177 { |
| 7 | 7178 amount += ind_open_imag; |
| 2857 | 7179 |
| 7180 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7181 if (cin_is_cpp_namespace(l)) | |
| 7182 amount += ind_cpp_namespace; | |
| 7183 } | |
| 7 | 7184 else |
| 7185 { | |
| 7186 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */ | |
| 7187 amount -= ind_open_extra; | |
| 7188 if (amount < 0) | |
| 7189 amount = 0; | |
| 7190 } | |
| 7191 } | |
| 7192 | |
| 7193 lookfor_break = FALSE; | |
| 7194 | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7195 if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */ |
| 7 | 7196 { |
| 7197 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */ | |
| 7198 amount += ind_case; | |
| 7199 } | |
| 7200 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */ | |
| 7201 { | |
| 7202 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */ | |
| 7203 amount += ind_scopedecl; | |
| 7204 } | |
| 7205 else | |
| 7206 { | |
| 7207 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */ | |
| 7208 lookfor_break = TRUE; | |
| 7209 | |
| 7210 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
| 7211 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */ | |
| 7212 } | |
| 7213 scope_amount = amount; | |
| 7214 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 7215 | |
| 7216 /* | |
| 7217 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up | |
| 7218 * with that. | |
| 7219 * | |
| 7220 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent | |
| 7221 * the usual amount relative to the conditional | |
| 7222 * that opens the block. | |
| 7223 */ | |
| 7224 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 7225 for (;;) | |
| 7226 { | |
| 7227 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 7228 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7229 | |
| 7230 /* | |
| 7231 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line | |
| 7232 * up with it. | |
| 7233 */ | |
| 7234 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope) | |
| 7235 { | |
| 7236 /* we reached end of scope: | |
| 7237 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization | |
| 7238 * go further back: | |
| 7239 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then | |
| 7240 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable | |
| 7241 * declaration: | |
| 7242 * int x, | |
| 7243 * here; <-- add ind_continuation | |
| 7244 */ | |
| 7245 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7246 { | |
| 7247 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0 | |
| 7248 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 7249 < ourscope - ind_maxparen) | |
| 7250 { | |
| 7251 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit) | |
| 7252 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable | |
| 7253 * initialization) */ | |
| 7254 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7255 amount = cont_amount; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7256 else if (!ind_js) |
| 7 | 7257 amount += ind_continuation; |
| 7258 break; | |
| 7259 } | |
| 7260 | |
| 7261 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7262 | |
| 7263 /* | |
| 7264 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the | |
| 7265 * comment. | |
| 7266 */ | |
| 7267 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7268 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7269 { | |
| 7270 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7271 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7272 continue; |
| 7273 } | |
| 7274 | |
| 7275 /* | |
| 7276 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
| 7277 */ | |
| 7278 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 7279 continue; | |
| 7280 | |
| 7281 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7282 continue; | |
| 7283 | |
| 7284 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 7285 | |
| 7286 /* | |
| 7287 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a | |
| 7288 * function declaration, we are done | |
| 7289 * (it's a variable declaration). | |
| 7290 */ | |
| 7291 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0 | |
| 3220 | 7292 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, |
| 7293 0, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 7294 { |
| 7295 /* if the line is terminated with another ',' | |
| 7296 * it is a continued variable initialization. | |
| 7297 * don't add extra indent. | |
| 7298 * TODO: does not work, if a function | |
| 7299 * declaration is split over multiple lines: | |
| 7300 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then. | |
| 7301 */ | |
| 7302 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7303 break; | |
| 7304 | |
| 7305 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment, | |
| 7306 * we are done. | |
| 7307 */ | |
| 7308 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit()) | |
| 7309 break; | |
| 7310 | |
| 7311 /* nothing useful found */ | |
| 7312 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{') | |
| 7313 continue; | |
| 7314 } | |
| 7315 | |
| 7316 if (terminated != ';') | |
| 7317 { | |
| 7318 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor | |
| 7319 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it | |
| 7320 * will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7321 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7322 trypos = NULL; | |
| 7323 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')) | |
| 7324 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 7325 ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7326 | |
| 7327 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
| 7328 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7329 | |
| 7330 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7331 { | |
| 7332 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7333 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7334 continue; |
| 7335 } | |
| 7336 } | |
| 7337 | |
| 7338 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation | |
| 7339 * like in | |
| 7340 * int a, | |
| 7341 * b; | |
| 7342 */ | |
| 7343 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7344 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7345 else | |
| 7346 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7347 } | |
| 7348 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7349 { | |
| 7350 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7351 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7352 else | |
| 7353 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7354 } | |
| 3123 | 7355 else |
| 2857 | 7356 { |
| 3123 | 7357 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM |
| 7358 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 2857 | 7359 { |
| 3123 | 7360 amount = scope_amount; |
| 7361 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7362 { | |
| 7363 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7364 added_to_amount = ind_open_extra; | |
| 7365 } | |
| 2857 | 7366 } |
| 7367 | |
| 3123 | 7368 if (lookfor_cpp_namespace) |
| 2857 | 7369 { |
| 3123 | 7370 /* |
| 7371 * Looking for C++ namespace, need to look further | |
| 7372 * back. | |
| 7373 */ | |
| 7374 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == ourscope) | |
| 7375 continue; | |
| 7376 | |
| 7377 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0 | |
| 7378 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 7379 < ourscope - FIND_NAMESPACE_LIM) | |
| 7380 break; | |
| 7381 | |
| 7382 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7383 | |
| 7384 /* If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of | |
| 7385 * the comment. */ | |
| 7386 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7387 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7388 { | |
| 7389 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 7390 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7391 continue; | |
| 7392 } | |
| 7393 | |
| 7394 /* Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. */ | |
| 7395 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 7396 continue; | |
| 7397 | |
| 7398 /* Finally the actual check for "namespace". */ | |
| 7399 if (cin_is_cpp_namespace(l)) | |
| 7400 { | |
| 7401 amount += ind_cpp_namespace - added_to_amount; | |
| 7402 break; | |
| 7403 } | |
| 7404 | |
| 7405 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7406 continue; | |
| 2857 | 7407 } |
| 7 | 7408 } |
| 7409 break; | |
| 7410 } | |
| 7411 | |
| 7412 /* | |
| 7413 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 7414 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7415 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7416 { | |
| 7417 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7418 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7419 continue; |
| 7420 } | |
| 7421 | |
| 7422 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7423 | |
| 7424 /* | |
| 7425 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that. | |
| 827 | 7426 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same. |
| 7 | 7427 */ |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7428 iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE); |
| 7 | 7429 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7430 { | |
| 7431 /* we are only looking for cpp base class | |
| 7432 * declaration/initialization any longer */ | |
| 7433 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 7434 break; | |
| 7435 | |
| 7436 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in | |
| 7437 * labels. */ | |
| 7438 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
| 7439 continue; | |
| 7440 | |
| 7441 /* | |
| 7442 * case xx: | |
| 7443 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation | |
| 7444 *-> here; | |
| 7445 */ | |
| 7446 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7447 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7448 { | |
| 7449 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7450 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7451 else | |
| 7452 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7453 break; | |
| 7454 } | |
| 7455 | |
| 7456 /* | |
| 7457 * case xx: <- line up with this case | |
| 7458 * x = 333; | |
| 7459 * case yy: | |
| 7460 */ | |
| 7461 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE) | |
| 7462 || (iscase && lookfor_break) | |
| 7463 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)) | |
| 7464 { | |
| 7465 /* | |
| 7466 * Check that this case label is not for another | |
| 7467 * switch() | |
| 7468 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7469 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) == | |
| 7470 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope) | |
| 7471 { | |
| 7472 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7473 break; | |
| 7474 } | |
| 7475 continue; | |
| 7476 } | |
| 7477 | |
| 7478 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7479 | |
| 7480 /* | |
| 7481 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
| 7482 * y = y + 1; | |
| 7483 * -> s = 99; | |
| 7484 * | |
| 7485 * case xx: | |
| 7486 * if (cond) <- line up with this line | |
| 7487 * y = y + 1; | |
| 7488 * -> s = 99; | |
| 7489 */ | |
| 7490 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 7491 { | |
| 7492 if (n) | |
| 7493 amount = n; | |
| 7494 | |
| 7495 if (!lookfor_break) | |
| 7496 break; | |
| 7497 } | |
| 7498 | |
| 7499 /* | |
| 7500 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x | |
| 7501 * -> y = y + 1; | |
| 7502 * | |
| 7503 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
| 7504 * -> y = y + 1; | |
| 7505 */ | |
| 7506 if (n) | |
| 7507 { | |
| 7508 amount = n; | |
| 7509 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7510 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l)) | |
| 829 | 7511 { |
| 7512 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7513 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7514 else | |
| 7515 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace; | |
| 7516 } | |
| 7 | 7517 break; |
| 7518 } | |
| 7519 | |
| 7520 /* | |
| 7521 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch | |
| 7522 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the | |
| 7523 * switch label. | |
| 7524 * break; <- may line up with this line | |
| 7525 * case xx: | |
| 7526 * -> y = 1; | |
| 7527 */ | |
| 7528 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */ | |
| 7529 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code); | |
| 7530 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
| 7531 continue; | |
| 7532 } | |
| 7533 | |
| 7534 /* | |
| 7535 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration, | |
| 7536 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks. | |
| 7537 */ | |
| 7538 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL) | |
| 7539 { | |
| 7540 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos = | |
| 7541 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 7542 { |
| 7 | 7543 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; |
| 1550 | 7544 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7545 } | |
| 7 | 7546 continue; |
| 7547 } | |
| 7548 | |
| 7549 /* | |
| 7550 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them. | |
| 7551 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7552 if (!ind_js && cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 7 | 7553 { |
| 7554 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7555 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7556 continue; | |
| 7557 } | |
| 7558 | |
| 7559 /* | |
| 7560 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc. | |
| 7561 * Ignore comment and empty lines. | |
| 7562 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have | |
| 7563 * unlocked it) | |
| 7564 */ | |
| 7565 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7566 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 7567 || cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7568 continue; | |
| 7569 | |
| 7570 /* | |
| 7571 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or | |
| 7572 * constructor initialization? | |
| 7573 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 827 | 7574 n = FALSE; |
| 7575 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0) | |
| 7576 { | |
| 1336 | 7577 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col); |
| 827 | 7578 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7579 } | |
| 7580 if (n) | |
| 7 | 7581 { |
| 7582 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7583 { | |
| 7584 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7585 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7586 else | |
| 7587 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7588 } | |
| 828 | 7589 else if (theline[0] == '{') |
| 7 | 7590 { |
| 828 | 7591 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */ |
| 7592 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
| 7593 ind_continuation = 0; | |
| 7594 continue; | |
| 7 | 7595 } |
| 7596 else | |
| 828 | 7597 /* XXX */ |
| 7598 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, | |
| 7599 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass); | |
| 7 | 7600 break; |
| 7601 } | |
| 7602 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 7603 { | |
| 7604 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class | |
| 827 | 7605 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace. |
| 7606 */ | |
| 7 | 7607 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE)) |
| 7608 break; | |
| 7609 else | |
| 7610 continue; | |
| 7611 } | |
| 7612 | |
| 7613 /* | |
| 7614 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated. | |
| 7615 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if | |
| 1224 | 7616 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg: |
| 7 | 7617 * 123, |
| 7618 * sizeof | |
| 7619 * here | |
| 7620 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure | |
| 7621 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration | |
| 7622 * (indented). | |
| 7623 */ | |
| 7624 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 7625 | |
| 7626 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7627 && terminated == ',')) | |
| 7628 { | |
| 7629 /* | |
| 7630 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing, | |
| 7631 * go back to the line that starts it so | |
| 7632 * we can get the right prevailing indent | |
| 7633 * if ( foo && | |
| 7634 * bar ) | |
| 7635 */ | |
| 7636 /* | |
| 7637 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 7638 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7639 */ | |
| 7640 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
| 7641 trypos = find_match_paren( | |
| 7642 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos), | |
| 7643 ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7644 | |
| 7645 /* | |
| 7646 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching | |
| 7647 * braces. | |
| 7648 */ | |
| 828 | 7649 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ',' |
| 7650 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
| 7 | 7651 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); |
| 7652 | |
| 7653 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7654 { | |
| 7655 /* | |
| 7656 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
| 7657 * handled above. | |
| 7658 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
| 7659 * asdf) | |
| 7660 */ | |
| 1550 | 7661 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 7662 l = ml_get_curline(); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7663 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7 | 7664 { |
| 7665 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 7666 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7667 continue; |
| 7668 } | |
| 7669 } | |
| 7670 | |
| 7671 /* | |
| 7672 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the | |
| 7673 * indent from | |
| 7674 * char *usethis = "bla\ | |
| 7675 * bla", | |
| 7676 * here; | |
| 7677 */ | |
| 7678 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7679 { | |
| 7680 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 7681 { | |
| 7682 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7683 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 7684 break; | |
| 7685 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 7686 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7687 } |
| 7688 } | |
| 7689 | |
| 7690 /* | |
| 7691 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
| 7692 * ignoring any jump label. XXX | |
| 7693 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7694 if (!ind_js) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7695 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, |
| 7 | 7696 &l, ind_maxcomment); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7697 else |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7698 cur_amount = get_indent(); |
| 7 | 7699 /* |
| 7700 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it | |
| 7701 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line. | |
| 7702 * while (not) | |
| 7703 * -> { | |
| 7704 * } | |
| 7705 */ | |
| 7706 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 7707 && theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7708 { | |
| 7709 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7710 /* | |
| 7711 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line | |
| 7712 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match | |
| 7713 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably: | |
| 7714 * { 1, 2 }, | |
| 7715 * -> { 3, 4 } | |
| 7716 */ | |
| 7717 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{') | |
| 7718 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7719 | |
| 7720 if (ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 7721 { | |
| 7722 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base | |
| 7723 * class declaration or initialization */ | |
| 7724 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
| 7725 continue; | |
| 7726 } | |
| 7727 break; | |
| 7728 } | |
| 7729 | |
| 7730 /* | |
| 7731 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc. | |
| 7732 * Also allow " } else". | |
| 7733 */ | |
| 7734 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l))) | |
| 7735 { | |
| 7736 /* | |
| 7737 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up | |
| 7738 * with the last one. | |
| 7739 * if (cond) | |
| 7740 * 100 + | |
| 7741 * -> here; | |
| 7742 */ | |
| 7743 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7744 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7745 { | |
| 7746 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7747 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7748 else | |
| 7749 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7750 break; | |
| 7751 } | |
| 7752 | |
| 7753 /* | |
| 7754 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we | |
| 7755 * are finished. | |
| 7756 * while (not) | |
| 7757 * -> here; | |
| 7758 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line | |
| 7759 * before this is terminated. | |
| 7760 * yyy; | |
| 7761 * if (stat) | |
| 7762 * while (not) | |
| 7763 * xxx; | |
| 7764 * -> here; | |
| 7765 */ | |
| 7766 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7767 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7768 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7769 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 7770 { | |
| 7771 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace; | |
| 7772 break; | |
| 7773 } | |
| 7774 | |
| 7775 /* | |
| 7776 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a | |
| 7777 * do, line up with the while() | |
| 7778 * do | |
| 7779 * x = 1; | |
| 7780 * -> here | |
| 7781 */ | |
| 7782 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7783 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
| 7784 { | |
| 7785 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
| 7786 break; | |
| 7787 --whilelevel; | |
| 7788 } | |
| 7789 | |
| 7790 /* | |
| 7791 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the | |
| 2855 | 7792 * one between the "if" and the matching "else". |
| 7 | 7793 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX |
| 7794 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
| 7795 */ | |
| 2855 | 7796 if (cin_iselse(l) && whilelevel == 0) |
| 7797 { | |
| 7798 /* If we're looking at "} else", let's make sure we | |
| 7799 * find the opening brace of the enclosing scope, | |
| 7800 * not the one from "if () {". */ | |
| 7801 if (*l == '}') | |
| 7802 curwin->w_cursor.col = | |
| 2861 | 7803 (colnr_T)(l - ml_get_curline()) + 1; |
| 2855 | 7804 |
| 7805 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7806 == NULL | |
| 7 | 7807 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum, |
| 2855 | 7808 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL) |
| 7809 break; | |
| 7810 } | |
| 7 | 7811 } |
| 7812 | |
| 7813 /* | |
| 7814 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an | |
| 7815 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or | |
| 1224 | 7816 * add something for a continuation line, depending on |
| 7 | 7817 * the line before this one. |
| 7818 */ | |
| 7819 else | |
| 7820 { | |
| 7821 /* | |
| 7822 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with | |
| 7823 * the last one. | |
| 7824 * c = 99 + | |
| 7825 * 100 + | |
| 7826 * -> here; | |
| 7827 */ | |
| 7828 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7829 { | |
| 7830 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */ | |
| 7831 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7832 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7833 break; | |
| 7834 } | |
| 7835 | |
| 7836 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7837 { | |
| 7838 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the | |
| 7839 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class | |
| 7840 * declaration/initialization, if it is an | |
| 7841 * opening brace or we are looking just for | |
| 7842 * enumerations/initializations. */ | |
| 7843 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7844 { | |
| 7845 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0) | |
| 7846 break; | |
| 7847 | |
| 7848 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
| 7849 continue; | |
| 7850 } | |
| 7851 | |
| 7852 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but | |
| 7853 * reduce indent. */ | |
| 7854 if (amount > cur_amount) | |
| 7855 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7856 } | |
| 7857 else | |
| 7858 { | |
| 7859 /* | |
| 7860 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may | |
| 7861 * line up with this line, remember its indent | |
| 7862 * 100 + | |
| 7863 * -> here; | |
| 7864 */ | |
| 7865 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7866 | |
| 7867 /* | |
| 7868 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we | |
| 7869 * are in an initialization or enum | |
| 7870 * struct xxx = | |
| 7871 * { | |
| 7872 * sizeof a, | |
| 7873 * 124 }; | |
| 7874 * or a normal possible continuation line. | |
| 7875 * but only, of no other statement has been found | |
| 7876 * yet. | |
| 7877 */ | |
| 7878 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',') | |
| 7879 { | |
| 7880 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT; | |
| 7881 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
| 7882 } | |
| 7883 else | |
| 7884 { | |
| 7885 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL | |
| 7886 && *l != NUL | |
| 7887 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 7888 /* XXX */ | |
| 7889 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount( | |
| 7890 curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 7891 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 7892 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
| 7893 } | |
| 7894 } | |
| 7895 } | |
| 7896 } | |
| 7897 | |
| 7898 /* | |
| 7899 * Check if we are after a while (cond); | |
| 7900 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do". | |
| 7901 */ | |
| 7902 /* XXX */ | |
| 829 | 7903 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, |
| 7904 ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 7905 { |
| 7906 /* | |
| 7907 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up | |
| 7908 * with the last one. | |
| 7909 * while (cond); | |
| 7910 * 100 + <- line up with this one | |
| 7911 * -> here; | |
| 7912 */ | |
| 7913 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7914 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7915 { | |
| 7916 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7917 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7918 else | |
| 7919 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7920 break; | |
| 7921 } | |
| 7922 | |
| 7923 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
| 7924 { | |
| 7925 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM; | |
| 7926 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7927 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7928 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7929 } | |
| 7930 ++whilelevel; | |
| 7931 } | |
| 7932 | |
| 7933 /* | |
| 7934 * We are after a "normal" statement. | |
| 7935 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the | |
| 7936 * indent of that other statement. | |
| 7937 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used, | |
| 7938 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement. | |
| 7939 */ | |
| 7940 else | |
| 7941 { | |
| 7942 /* | |
| 7943 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It | |
| 7944 * may be lined up with the case label. | |
| 7945 */ | |
| 7946 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK | |
| 7947 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()))) | |
| 7948 { | |
| 7949 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
| 7950 continue; | |
| 7951 } | |
| 7952 | |
| 7953 /* | |
| 7954 * Handle "do {" line. | |
| 7955 */ | |
| 7956 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
| 7957 { | |
| 7958 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7959 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
| 7960 { | |
| 7961 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7962 --whilelevel; | |
| 7963 continue; | |
| 7964 } | |
| 7965 } | |
| 7966 | |
| 7967 /* | |
| 7968 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add | |
| 7969 * the amount for a continuation line. | |
| 7970 * x = 1; | |
| 7971 * y = foo + | |
| 7972 * -> here; | |
| 7973 * or | |
| 7974 * int x = 1; | |
| 7975 * int foo, | |
| 7976 * -> here; | |
| 7977 */ | |
| 7978 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7979 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7980 { | |
| 7981 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7982 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7983 else | |
| 7984 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7985 break; | |
| 7986 } | |
| 7987 | |
| 7988 /* | |
| 7989 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if" | |
| 7990 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us. | |
| 7991 * x = 1; x = 1; | |
| 7992 * if (asdf) y = 2; | |
| 7993 * while (asdf) ->here; | |
| 7994 * here; | |
| 7995 * ->foo; | |
| 7996 */ | |
| 7997 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 7998 { | |
| 7999 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8000 break; | |
| 8001 } | |
| 8002 | |
| 8003 /* | |
| 8004 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated. | |
| 8005 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for | |
| 8006 * a terminated line. | |
| 8007 */ | |
| 8008 else | |
| 8009 { | |
| 8010 /* | |
| 8011 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so | |
| 8012 * that matching it will take us back to the start of | |
| 8013 * the line. Helps for: | |
| 8014 * func(asdr, | |
| 8015 * asdfasdf); | |
| 8016 * here; | |
| 8017 */ | |
| 8018 term_again: | |
| 8019 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8020 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
| 8021 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 8022 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 8023 { | |
| 8024 /* | |
| 8025 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
| 8026 * handled above. | |
| 8027 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
| 8028 * asdf) | |
| 8029 */ | |
| 1550 | 8030 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8031 l = ml_get_curline(); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8032 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7 | 8033 { |
| 8034 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8035 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8036 continue; |
| 8037 } | |
| 8038 } | |
| 8039 | |
| 8040 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align | |
| 8041 * with a statement after it. | |
| 8042 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position | |
| 8043 * stat; | |
| 8044 * } | |
| 8045 * case 2: | |
| 8046 * stat; | |
| 8047 * } | |
| 8048 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8049 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l, FALSE)); |
| 7 | 8050 |
| 8051 /* | |
| 8052 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
| 8053 * ignoring any jump label. | |
| 8054 */ | |
| 8055 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 8056 &l, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 8057 | |
| 8058 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8059 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 8060 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */ | |
| 827 | 8061 l = skipwhite(l); |
| 8062 if (*l == '{') | |
| 7 | 8063 amount -= ind_open_extra; |
| 8064 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM; | |
| 8065 | |
| 8066 /* | |
| 827 | 8067 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to |
| 8068 * the matching "if": | |
| 8069 * else 3; | |
| 856 | 8070 * indent this; |
| 827 | 8071 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX |
| 8072 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
| 8073 */ | |
| 8074 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 8075 && *l != '}' | |
| 8076 && cin_iselse(l) | |
| 8077 && whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8078 { | |
| 8079 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 8080 == NULL | |
| 8081 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum, | |
| 8082 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL) | |
| 8083 break; | |
| 8084 continue; | |
| 8085 } | |
| 8086 | |
| 8087 /* | |
| 7 | 8088 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of |
| 8089 * that block. | |
| 8090 */ | |
| 3172 | 8091 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 2953 | 8092 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') |
| 7 | 8093 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 8094 != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 8095 { | |
| 1550 | 8096 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8097 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */ |
| 8098 /* but skip block for "} else {" */ | |
| 8099 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8100 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l)) | |
| 8101 goto term_again; | |
| 8102 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8103 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8104 } |
| 8105 } | |
| 8106 } | |
| 8107 } | |
| 8108 } | |
| 8109 } | |
| 8110 | |
| 8111 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 8112 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 8113 amount += ind_comment; | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8114 |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8115 /* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8116 if (ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel) |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8117 amount -= ind_jump_label; |
| 7 | 8118 } |
| 8119 | |
| 8120 /* | |
| 8121 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all! | |
| 8122 * | |
| 8123 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should | |
| 8124 * basically just match where the previous line is, except | |
| 8125 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration, | |
| 8126 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented. | |
| 8127 */ | |
| 8128 else | |
| 8129 { | |
| 8130 /* | |
| 8131 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any | |
| 8132 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start | |
| 8133 * of a function | |
| 8134 */ | |
| 8135 | |
| 8136 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8137 { | |
| 8138 amount = ind_first_open; | |
| 8139 } | |
| 8140 | |
| 8141 /* | |
| 8142 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current | |
| 8143 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec. | |
|
2094
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8144 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8145 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8146 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)" |
| 7 | 8147 */ |
| 8148 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 8149 && !cin_nocode(theline) | |
|
2094
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8150 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8151 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL |
| 7 | 8152 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL) |
| 8153 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 3220 | 8154 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1, |
| 8155 cur_curpos.lnum + 1, | |
| 8156 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 7 | 8157 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE)) |
| 8158 { | |
| 8159 amount = ind_func_type; | |
| 8160 } | |
| 8161 else | |
| 8162 { | |
| 8163 amount = 0; | |
| 8164 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 8165 | |
| 8166 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */ | |
| 8167 | |
| 8168 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8169 { | |
| 8170 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 8171 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8172 | |
| 8173 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8174 | |
| 8175 /* | |
| 8176 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 8177 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 8178 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 8179 { | |
| 8180 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 8181 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8182 continue; |
| 8183 } | |
| 8184 | |
| 8185 /* | |
| 827 | 8186 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or |
| 8187 * constructor initialization? | |
| 7 | 8188 */ /* XXX */ |
| 827 | 8189 n = FALSE; |
| 8190 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{') | |
| 8191 { | |
| 1336 | 8192 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col); |
| 827 | 8193 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 8194 } | |
| 8195 if (n) | |
| 7 | 8196 { |
| 828 | 8197 /* XXX */ |
| 8198 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, | |
| 8199 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass); | |
| 7 | 8200 break; |
| 8201 } | |
| 8202 | |
| 8203 /* | |
| 8204 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
| 8205 */ | |
| 8206 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 8207 continue; | |
| 8208 | |
| 8209 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 8210 continue; | |
| 8211 | |
| 8212 /* | |
| 8213 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of | |
| 8214 * indentation: | |
| 8215 * int foo, | |
| 8216 * bar; | |
| 8217 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg. | |
| 8218 * enum foobar | |
| 8219 * { | |
| 8220 * ... | |
| 8221 * } foo, | |
| 8222 * bar; | |
| 8223 */ | |
| 8224 n = 0; | |
| 8225 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 8226 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\')) | |
| 8227 { | |
| 8228 /* take us back to opening paren */ | |
| 8229 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
| 8230 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 8231 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 8232 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8233 |
| 8234 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go | |
| 8235 * back to the first line with a backslash: | |
| 8236 * char *foo = "bla\ | |
| 8237 * bla", | |
| 8238 * here; | |
| 8239 */ | |
| 8240 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8241 { | |
| 8242 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8243 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 8244 break; | |
| 8245 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8246 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8247 } |
| 8248 | |
| 8249 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8250 | |
| 8251 if (amount == 0) | |
| 8252 amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
| 8253 if (amount == 0) | |
| 8254 amount = ind_continuation; | |
| 8255 break; | |
| 8256 } | |
| 8257 | |
| 8258 /* | |
| 8259 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're | |
| 8260 * not in a comment, put it the left margin. | |
| 8261 */ | |
| 3220 | 8262 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum, 0, |
| 8263 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */ | |
| 7 | 8264 break; |
| 8265 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8266 | |
| 8267 /* | |
| 8268 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put | |
| 8269 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs". | |
| 8270 */ | |
| 8271 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}') | |
| 8272 break; | |
| 8273 | |
| 8274 /* (matching {) | |
| 8275 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by | |
| 8276 * comments) align at column 0. For example: | |
| 8277 * char *string_array[] = { "foo", | |
| 8278 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * / | |
| 8279 */ | |
| 8280 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL)) | |
| 8281 break; | |
| 8282 | |
| 8283 /* | |
| 3186 | 8284 * Find a line only has a semicolon that belongs to a previous |
| 8285 * line ending in '}', e.g. before an #endif. Don't increase | |
| 8286 * indent then. | |
| 8287 */ | |
| 8288 if (*(look = skipwhite(l)) == ';' && cin_nocode(look + 1)) | |
| 8289 { | |
| 8290 pos_T curpos_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8291 | |
| 8292 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8293 { | |
| 8294 look = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 8295 if (!(cin_nocode(look) || cin_ispreproc_cont( | |
| 8296 &look, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) | |
| 8297 break; | |
| 8298 } | |
| 8299 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 0 | |
| 8300 && cin_ends_in(look, (char_u *)"}", NULL)) | |
| 8301 break; | |
| 8302 | |
| 8303 curwin->w_cursor = curpos_save; | |
| 8304 } | |
| 8305 | |
| 8306 /* | |
| 7 | 8307 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current |
| 8308 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as | |
| 8309 * parameters. | |
| 8310 */ | |
| 3220 | 8311 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, |
| 8312 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 8313 { |
| 8314 amount = ind_param; | |
| 8315 break; | |
| 8316 } | |
| 8317 | |
| 8318 /* | |
| 8319 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the | |
| 8320 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero: | |
| 8321 * int foo, | |
| 8322 * bar; | |
| 8323 * indent_to_0 here; | |
| 8324 */ | |
| 828 | 8325 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL)) |
| 7 | 8326 { |
| 8327 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8328 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 8329 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')) | |
| 8330 break; | |
| 8331 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8332 } | |
| 8333 | |
| 8334 /* | |
| 8335 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just | |
| 8336 * use the indent of this line. | |
| 8337 * | |
| 8338 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 8339 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 8340 */ | |
| 8341 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
| 8342 | |
| 8343 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 8344 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 8345 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8346 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ |
| 8347 break; | |
| 8348 } | |
| 8349 | |
| 8350 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 8351 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 8352 amount += ind_comment; | |
| 8353 | |
| 8354 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash: | |
| 8355 * "asdfasdf\ | |
| 8356 * here"; | |
| 8357 * char *foo = "asdf\ | |
| 8358 * here"; | |
| 8359 */ | |
| 8360 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1) | |
| 8361 { | |
| 8362 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
| 8363 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 8364 { | |
| 8365 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
| 8366 if (cur_amount > 0) | |
| 8367 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8368 else if (cur_amount == 0) | |
| 8369 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8370 } | |
| 8371 } | |
| 8372 } | |
| 8373 } | |
| 8374 | |
| 8375 theend: | |
| 8376 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */ | |
| 8377 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 8378 | |
| 8379 vim_free(linecopy); | |
| 8380 | |
| 8381 if (amount < 0) | |
| 8382 return 0; | |
| 8383 return amount; | |
| 8384 } | |
| 8385 | |
| 8386 static int | |
| 8387 find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 8388 int lookfor; | |
| 8389 linenr_T ourscope; | |
| 8390 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 8391 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 8392 { | |
| 8393 char_u *look; | |
| 8394 pos_T *theirscope; | |
| 8395 char_u *mightbeif; | |
| 8396 int elselevel; | |
| 8397 int whilelevel; | |
| 8398 | |
| 8399 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
| 8400 { | |
| 8401 elselevel = 1; | |
| 8402 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 8403 } | |
| 8404 else | |
| 8405 { | |
| 8406 elselevel = 0; | |
| 8407 whilelevel = 1; | |
| 8408 } | |
| 8409 | |
| 8410 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8411 | |
| 8412 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1) | |
| 8413 { | |
| 8414 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 8415 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8416 | |
| 8417 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8418 if (cin_iselse(look) | |
| 8419 || cin_isif(look) | |
| 8420 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */ | |
| 8421 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 8422 { | |
| 8423 /* | |
| 8424 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely, | |
| 8425 * we must be out of scope... | |
| 8426 */ | |
| 8427 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */ | |
| 8428 if (theirscope == NULL) | |
| 8429 break; | |
| 8430 | |
| 8431 /* | |
| 8432 * and if the brace enclosing this is further | |
| 8433 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're | |
| 8434 * out of luck too. | |
| 8435 */ | |
| 8436 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope) | |
| 8437 break; | |
| 8438 | |
| 8439 /* | |
| 8440 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace, | |
| 8441 * then we can ignore it because it's in a | |
| 8442 * different scope... | |
| 8443 */ | |
| 8444 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope) | |
| 8445 continue; | |
| 8446 | |
| 8447 /* | |
| 8448 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if") | |
| 8449 * then we need to go back to another if, so | |
| 8450 * increment elselevel | |
| 8451 */ | |
| 8452 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8453 if (cin_iselse(look)) | |
| 8454 { | |
| 8455 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4); | |
| 8456 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif)) | |
| 8457 ++elselevel; | |
| 8458 continue; | |
| 8459 } | |
| 8460 | |
| 8461 /* | |
| 8462 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to | |
| 8463 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX | |
| 8464 */ | |
| 8465 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 8466 { | |
| 8467 ++whilelevel; | |
| 8468 continue; | |
| 8469 } | |
| 8470 | |
| 8471 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */ | |
| 8472 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8473 if (cin_isif(look)) | |
| 8474 { | |
| 8475 elselevel--; | |
| 8476 /* | |
| 8477 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that | |
| 8478 * get in the way. | |
| 8479 */ | |
| 8480 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
| 8481 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 8482 } | |
| 8483 | |
| 8484 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */ | |
| 8485 if (cin_isdo(look)) | |
| 8486 whilelevel--; | |
| 8487 | |
| 8488 /* | |
| 8489 * if we've used up all the elses, then | |
| 8490 * this must be the if that we want! | |
| 8491 * match the indent level of that if. | |
| 8492 */ | |
| 8493 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0) | |
| 8494 { | |
| 8495 return OK; | |
| 8496 } | |
| 8497 } | |
| 8498 } | |
| 8499 return FAIL; | |
| 8500 } | |
| 8501 | |
| 8502 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8503 /* | |
| 8504 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'. | |
| 8505 */ | |
| 8506 int | |
| 8507 get_expr_indent() | |
| 8508 { | |
| 8509 int indent; | |
| 8510 pos_T pos; | |
| 8511 int save_State; | |
| 681 | 8512 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr", |
| 8513 OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 7 | 8514 |
| 8515 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8516 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 634 | 8517 if (use_sandbox) |
| 8518 ++sandbox; | |
| 8519 ++textlock; | |
| 7 | 8520 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde); |
| 634 | 8521 if (use_sandbox) |
| 8522 --sandbox; | |
| 8523 --textlock; | |
| 7 | 8524 |
| 8525 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to. | |
| 8526 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o" | |
| 8527 * command. */ | |
| 8528 save_State = State; | |
| 8529 State = INSERT; | |
| 8530 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 8531 check_cursor(); | |
| 8532 State = save_State; | |
| 8533 | |
| 8534 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */ | |
| 8535 if (indent < 0) | |
| 8536 indent = get_indent(); | |
| 8537 | |
| 8538 return indent; | |
| 8539 } | |
| 8540 # endif | |
| 8541 | |
| 8542 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 8543 | |
| 8544 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8545 | |
| 8546 static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 8547 | |
| 8548 static int | |
| 8549 lisp_match(p) | |
| 8550 char_u *p; | |
| 8551 { | |
| 8552 char_u buf[LSIZE]; | |
| 8553 int len; | |
| 8554 char_u *word = p_lispwords; | |
| 8555 | |
| 8556 while (*word != NUL) | |
| 8557 { | |
| 8558 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 8559 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
| 8560 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ') | |
| 8561 return TRUE; | |
| 8562 } | |
| 8563 return FALSE; | |
| 8564 } | |
| 8565 | |
| 8566 /* | |
| 8567 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used. | |
| 8568 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting | |
| 8569 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still | |
| 8570 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org | |
| 8571 * | |
| 8572 * TODO: | |
| 8573 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch | |
| 8574 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented: | |
| 8575 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals | |
| 8576 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon | |
| 8577 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal | |
| 8578 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases. | |
| 14 | 8579 * Update from Sergey Khorev: |
| 8580 * I tried to fix the first two issues. | |
| 7 | 8581 */ |
| 8582 int | |
| 8583 get_lisp_indent() | |
| 8584 { | |
| 14 | 8585 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren; |
| 7 | 8586 int amount; |
| 8587 char_u *that; | |
| 8588 colnr_T col; | |
| 8589 colnr_T firsttry; | |
| 8590 int parencount, quotecount; | |
| 8591 int vi_lisp; | |
| 8592 | |
| 8593 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */ | |
| 8594 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL); | |
| 8595 | |
| 8596 realpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8597 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8598 | |
| 14 | 8599 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL) |
| 8600 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
| 8601 else | |
| 8602 { | |
| 8603 paren = *pos; | |
| 8604 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
| 8605 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren)) | |
| 8606 pos = &paren; | |
| 8607 } | |
| 8608 if (pos != NULL) | |
| 7 | 8609 { |
| 8610 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white | |
| 8611 * line that is at the same () level. */ | |
| 8612 amount = -1; | |
| 8613 parencount = 0; | |
| 8614 | |
| 8615 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum) | |
| 8616 { | |
| 8617 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 8618 continue; | |
| 8619 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that) | |
| 8620 { | |
| 8621 if (*that == ';') | |
| 8622 { | |
| 8623 while (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 8624 ++that; | |
| 8625 continue; | |
| 8626 } | |
| 8627 if (*that == '\\') | |
| 8628 { | |
| 8629 if (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 8630 ++that; | |
| 8631 continue; | |
| 8632 } | |
| 8633 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 8634 { | |
| 983 | 8635 while (*++that && *that != '"') |
| 8636 { | |
| 8637 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */ | |
| 8638 if (*that == '\\') | |
| 8639 { | |
| 8640 if (*++that == NUL) | |
| 8641 break; | |
| 8642 if (that[1] == NUL) | |
| 8643 { | |
| 8644 ++that; | |
| 8645 break; | |
| 8646 } | |
| 8647 } | |
| 8648 } | |
| 7 | 8649 } |
| 14 | 8650 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 7 | 8651 ++parencount; |
| 14 | 8652 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
| 7 | 8653 --parencount; |
| 8654 } | |
| 8655 if (parencount == 0) | |
| 8656 { | |
| 8657 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 8658 break; | |
| 8659 } | |
| 8660 } | |
| 8661 | |
| 8662 if (amount == -1) | |
| 8663 { | |
| 8664 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 8665 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col; | |
| 8666 col = pos->col; | |
| 8667 | |
| 8668 that = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8669 | |
| 8670 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0) | |
| 8671 amount = 2; | |
| 8672 else | |
| 8673 { | |
| 8674 amount = 0; | |
| 8675 while (*that && col) | |
| 8676 { | |
| 8677 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8678 col--; | |
| 8679 } | |
| 8680 | |
| 8681 /* | |
| 8682 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the | |
| 8683 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms): | |
| 8684 * | |
| 8685 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1)) | |
| 8686 * (...)) of (...)) | |
| 8687 */ | |
| 8688 | |
| 14 | 8689 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 8690 && lisp_match(that + 1)) | |
| 7 | 8691 amount += 2; |
| 8692 else | |
| 8693 { | |
| 8694 that++; | |
| 8695 amount++; | |
| 8696 firsttry = amount; | |
| 8697 | |
| 8698 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
| 8699 { | |
| 8700 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8701 ++that; | |
| 8702 } | |
| 8703 | |
| 8704 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */ | |
| 8705 { | |
| 1532 | 8706 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do |
| 7 | 8707 * argument if it is more than one line */ |
| 14 | 8708 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[') |
| 7 | 8709 firsttry++; |
| 8710 | |
| 8711 parencount = 0; | |
| 8712 quotecount = 0; | |
| 8713 | |
| 8714 if (vi_lisp | |
| 8715 || (*that != '"' | |
| 8716 && *that != '\'' | |
| 8717 && *that != '#' | |
| 8718 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9'))) | |
| 8719 { | |
| 8720 while (*that | |
| 8721 && (!vim_iswhite(*that) | |
| 8722 || quotecount | |
| 8723 || parencount) | |
| 14 | 8724 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 7 | 8725 && !quotecount |
| 8726 && !parencount | |
| 8727 && vi_lisp))) | |
| 8728 { | |
| 8729 if (*that == '"') | |
| 8730 quotecount = !quotecount; | |
| 14 | 8731 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 8732 && !quotecount) | |
| 7 | 8733 ++parencount; |
| 14 | 8734 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
| 8735 && !quotecount) | |
| 7 | 8736 --parencount; |
| 8737 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL) | |
| 8738 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, | |
| 8739 (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8740 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, | |
| 8741 (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8742 } | |
| 8743 } | |
| 8744 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
| 8745 { | |
| 8746 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8747 that++; | |
| 8748 } | |
| 8749 if (!*that || *that == ';') | |
| 8750 amount = firsttry; | |
| 8751 } | |
| 8752 } | |
| 8753 } | |
| 8754 } | |
| 8755 } | |
| 8756 else | |
| 14 | 8757 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */ |
| 7 | 8758 |
| 8759 curwin->w_cursor = realpos; | |
| 8760 | |
| 8761 return amount; | |
| 8762 } | |
| 8763 #endif /* FEAT_LISP */ | |
| 8764 | |
| 8765 void | |
| 8766 prepare_to_exit() | |
| 8767 { | |
| 39 | 8768 #if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN) |
| 8769 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which | |
| 8770 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance | |
| 8771 * problems. */ | |
| 36 | 8772 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN); |
| 8773 #endif | |
| 8774 | |
| 7 | 8775 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 8776 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 8777 { | |
| 8778 gui.dying = TRUE; | |
| 8779 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */ | |
| 8780 } | |
| 8781 else | |
| 8782 #endif | |
| 8783 { | |
| 8784 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0); | |
| 8785 | |
| 8786 /* | |
| 8787 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal" | |
| 8788 * screen (if there are two screens). | |
| 8789 */ | |
| 8790 settmode(TMODE_COOK); | |
| 8791 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 8792 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE) | |
| 8793 #endif | |
| 8794 stoptermcap(); | |
| 8795 out_flush(); | |
| 8796 } | |
| 8797 } | |
| 8798 | |
| 8799 /* | |
| 8800 * Preserve files and exit. | |
| 8801 * When called IObuff must contain a message. | |
| 8802 */ | |
| 8803 void | |
| 8804 preserve_exit() | |
| 8805 { | |
| 8806 buf_T *buf; | |
| 8807 | |
| 8808 prepare_to_exit(); | |
| 8809 | |
| 625 | 8810 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free() |
| 8811 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */ | |
| 8812 really_exiting = TRUE; | |
| 8813 | |
| 7 | 8814 out_str(IObuff); |
| 8815 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8816 out_flush(); | |
| 8817 | |
| 8818 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */ | |
| 8819 | |
| 8820 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
| 8821 { | |
| 8822 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL) | |
| 8823 { | |
| 8824 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n")); | |
| 8825 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8826 out_flush(); | |
| 8827 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */ | |
| 8828 break; | |
| 8829 } | |
| 8830 } | |
| 8831 | |
| 8832 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */ | |
| 8833 | |
| 8834 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n")); | |
| 8835 | |
| 8836 getout(1); | |
| 8837 } | |
| 8838 | |
| 8839 /* | |
| 8840 * return TRUE if "fname" exists. | |
| 8841 */ | |
| 8842 int | |
| 8843 vim_fexists(fname) | |
| 8844 char_u *fname; | |
| 8845 { | |
| 8846 struct stat st; | |
| 8847 | |
| 8848 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st)) | |
| 8849 return FALSE; | |
| 8850 return TRUE; | |
| 8851 } | |
| 8852 | |
| 8853 /* | |
| 8854 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while. | |
| 8855 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for | |
| 8856 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much | |
| 8857 * time, because it can be a system call. | |
| 8858 */ | |
| 8859 | |
| 8860 #ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP | |
| 8861 # ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */ | |
| 8862 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200 | |
| 8863 # else | |
| 8864 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32 | |
| 8865 # endif | |
| 8866 #endif | |
| 8867 | |
| 8868 static int breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 8869 | |
| 8870 void | |
| 8871 line_breakcheck() | |
| 8872 { | |
| 8873 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP) | |
| 8874 { | |
| 8875 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 8876 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 8877 } | |
| 8878 } | |
| 8879 | |
| 8880 /* | |
| 8881 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often. | |
| 8882 */ | |
| 8883 void | |
| 8884 fast_breakcheck() | |
| 8885 { | |
| 8886 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10) | |
| 8887 { | |
| 8888 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 8889 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 8890 } | |
| 8891 } | |
| 8892 | |
| 8893 /* | |
| 2016 | 8894 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern. |
| 8895 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion. | |
| 8896 * Returns OK or FAIL. | |
| 8897 */ | |
| 8898 int | |
| 8899 expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 8900 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */ | |
| 8901 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 8902 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 8903 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
| 8904 { | |
| 8905 int ret = FAIL; | |
| 8906 char_u *eval_pat = NULL; | |
| 8907 char_u *exp_pat = *pat; | |
| 8908 char_u *ignored_msg; | |
| 8909 int usedlen; | |
| 8910 | |
| 8911 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<') | |
| 8912 { | |
| 8913 ++emsg_off; | |
| 8914 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen, | |
| 8915 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL); | |
| 8916 --emsg_off; | |
| 8917 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
| 8918 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen); | |
| 8919 } | |
| 8920 | |
| 8921 if (exp_pat != NULL) | |
| 8922 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 8923 | |
| 8924 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
| 8925 { | |
| 8926 vim_free(exp_pat); | |
| 8927 vim_free(eval_pat); | |
| 8928 } | |
| 8929 | |
| 8930 return ret; | |
| 8931 } | |
| 8932 | |
| 8933 /* | |
| 7 | 8934 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching |
| 8935 * 'wildignore'. | |
|
2354
f4440cdd59ae
Fixed: crash with ":find " completion, using uninitialized count.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2328
diff
changeset
|
8936 * Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_file" won't be set. |
| 7 | 8937 */ |
| 8938 int | |
| 8939 expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 8940 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
| 8941 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
| 8942 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 8943 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 8944 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
| 8945 { | |
| 8946 int retval; | |
| 8947 int i, j; | |
| 8948 char_u *p; | |
| 8949 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */ | |
| 8950 | |
| 8951 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 8952 | |
| 8953 /* When keeping all matches, return here */ | |
|
2354
f4440cdd59ae
Fixed: crash with ":find " completion, using uninitialized count.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2328
diff
changeset
|
8954 if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL) |
| 7 | 8955 return retval; |
| 8956 | |
| 8957 #ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN | |
| 8958 /* | |
| 8959 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'. | |
| 8960 */ | |
| 8961 if (*p_wig) | |
| 8962 { | |
| 8963 char_u *ffname; | |
| 8964 | |
| 8965 /* check all files in (*file)[] */ | |
| 8966 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
| 8967 { | |
| 8968 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE); | |
| 8969 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 8970 break; | |
| 8971 # ifdef VMS | |
| 8972 vms_remove_version(ffname); | |
| 8973 # endif | |
| 8974 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname)) | |
| 8975 { | |
| 8976 /* remove this matching file from the list */ | |
| 8977 vim_free((*file)[i]); | |
| 8978 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j) | |
| 8979 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1]; | |
| 8980 --*num_file; | |
| 8981 --i; | |
| 8982 } | |
| 8983 vim_free(ffname); | |
| 8984 } | |
| 8985 } | |
| 8986 #endif | |
| 8987 | |
| 8988 /* | |
| 8989 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end. | |
| 8990 */ | |
| 8991 if (*num_file > 1) | |
| 8992 { | |
| 8993 non_suf_match = 0; | |
| 8994 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
| 8995 { | |
| 8996 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i])) | |
| 8997 { | |
| 8998 /* | |
| 8999 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front | |
| 9000 * of the list. | |
| 9001 */ | |
| 9002 p = (*file)[i]; | |
| 9003 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j) | |
| 9004 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1]; | |
| 9005 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p; | |
| 9006 } | |
| 9007 } | |
| 9008 } | |
| 9009 | |
| 9010 return retval; | |
| 9011 } | |
| 9012 | |
| 9013 /* | |
| 9014 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'. | |
| 9015 */ | |
| 9016 int | |
| 9017 match_suffix(fname) | |
| 9018 char_u *fname; | |
| 9019 { | |
| 9020 int fnamelen, setsuflen; | |
| 9021 char_u *setsuf; | |
| 9022 #define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */ | |
| 9023 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN]; | |
| 9024 | |
| 9025 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname); | |
| 9026 setsuflen = 0; | |
| 9027 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; ) | |
| 9028 { | |
| 9029 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,"); | |
| 1937 | 9030 if (setsuflen == 0) |
| 9031 { | |
| 9032 char_u *tail = gettail(fname); | |
| 9033 | |
| 9034 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */ | |
| 9035 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL) | |
| 9036 { | |
| 9037 setsuflen = 1; | |
| 9038 break; | |
| 9039 } | |
| 9040 } | |
| 9041 else | |
| 9042 { | |
| 9043 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen | |
| 9044 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen, | |
| 9045 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0) | |
| 9046 break; | |
| 9047 setsuflen = 0; | |
| 9048 } | |
| 7 | 9049 } |
| 9050 return (setsuflen != 0); | |
| 9051 } | |
| 9052 | |
| 9053 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9054 | |
| 9055 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 9056 static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 9057 static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags)); | |
| 9058 # endif | |
| 9059 | |
| 9060 # if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264) | |
| 9061 /* | |
| 9062 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because | |
| 9063 * it's shared between these systems. | |
| 9064 */ | |
| 9065 # if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9066 # define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */ | |
| 9067 # else | |
| 9068 # ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 9069 # define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF | |
| 9070 # endif | |
| 9071 # endif | |
| 9072 | |
| 9073 /* | |
| 9074 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath() | |
| 9075 */ | |
| 9076 static int _cdecl | |
| 9077 pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b) | |
| 9078 { | |
| 39 | 9079 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); |
| 7 | 9080 } |
| 9081 | |
| 9082 # ifndef WIN3264 | |
| 9083 static void | |
| 9084 namelowcpy( | |
| 9085 char_u *d, | |
| 9086 char_u *s) | |
| 9087 { | |
| 9088 # ifdef DJGPP | |
| 9089 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */ | |
| 9090 while (*s) | |
| 9091 *d++ = *s++; | |
| 9092 else | |
| 9093 # endif | |
| 9094 while (*s) | |
| 9095 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++); | |
| 9096 *d = NUL; | |
| 9097 } | |
| 9098 # endif | |
| 9099 | |
| 9100 /* | |
| 445 | 9101 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or |
| 9102 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
| 7 | 9103 * Return the number of matches found. |
| 9104 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
| 9105 * at "path[wildoff]". | |
| 445 | 9106 * Return the number of matches found. |
| 9107 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
| 7 | 9108 */ |
| 9109 static int | |
| 9110 dos_expandpath( | |
| 9111 garray_T *gap, | |
| 9112 char_u *path, | |
| 9113 int wildoff, | |
| 445 | 9114 int flags, /* EW_* flags */ |
| 1224 | 9115 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */ |
| 445 | 9116 { |
| 9117 char_u *buf; | |
| 9118 char_u *path_end; | |
| 9119 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
| 9120 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
| 9121 char_u *pat; | |
| 9122 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 9123 int starts_with_dot; | |
| 9124 int matches; | |
| 9125 int len; | |
| 9126 int starstar = FALSE; | |
| 9127 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
| 7 | 9128 #ifdef WIN3264 |
| 9129 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb; | |
| 9130 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0; | |
| 9131 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9132 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb; | |
| 9133 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */ | |
| 9134 # endif | |
| 9135 #else | |
| 9136 struct ffblk fb; | |
| 9137 #endif | |
| 9138 char_u *matchname; | |
| 445 | 9139 int ok; |
| 9140 | |
| 9141 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
| 9142 if (stardepth > 0) | |
| 9143 { | |
| 9144 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9145 if (got_int) | |
| 9146 return 0; | |
| 9147 } | |
| 7 | 9148 |
| 9149 /* make room for file name */ | |
| 445 | 9150 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); |
| 7 | 9151 if (buf == NULL) |
| 9152 return 0; | |
| 9153 | |
| 9154 /* | |
| 9155 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1. | |
| 9156 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters. | |
| 9157 */ | |
| 9158 p = buf; | |
| 9159 s = buf; | |
| 9160 e = NULL; | |
| 9161 path_end = path; | |
| 9162 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9163 { | |
| 9164 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
| 9165 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
| 9166 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
| 9167 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9168 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/') | |
| 9169 { | |
| 9170 if (e != NULL) | |
| 9171 break; | |
| 9172 s = p + 1; | |
| 9173 } | |
| 9174 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
| 9175 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL) | |
| 9176 e = p; | |
| 9177 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9178 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 9179 { | |
| 474 | 9180 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
| 7 | 9181 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
| 9182 p += len; | |
| 9183 path_end += len; | |
| 9184 } | |
| 9185 else | |
| 9186 #endif | |
| 9187 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9188 } | |
| 9189 e = p; | |
| 9190 *e = NUL; | |
| 9191 | |
| 9192 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */ | |
| 9193 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard | |
| 9194 * component. */ | |
| 9195 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
| 9196 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
| 9197 { | |
| 1624 | 9198 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
| 7 | 9199 --e; |
| 9200 --s; | |
| 9201 } | |
| 9202 | |
| 445 | 9203 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ |
| 9204 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
| 9205 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 9206 starstar = TRUE; | |
| 9207 | |
| 7 | 9208 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); |
| 9209 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 9210 if (pat == NULL) | |
| 9211 { | |
| 9212 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9213 return 0; | |
| 9214 } | |
| 9215 | |
| 9216 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
| 3261 | 9217 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 2966 | 9218 ++emsg_silent; |
| 7 | 9219 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */ |
| 9220 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 3261 | 9221 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 2966 | 9222 --emsg_silent; |
| 7 | 9223 vim_free(pat); |
| 9224 | |
| 3261 | 9225 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL && (flags & EW_NOTWILD) == 0) |
| 7 | 9226 { |
| 9227 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9228 return 0; | |
| 9229 } | |
| 9230 | |
| 9231 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */ | |
| 9232 matchname = vim_strsave(s); | |
| 9233 | |
| 445 | 9234 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more |
| 9235 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
| 9236 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
| 9237 && *path_end == '/') | |
| 9238 { | |
| 9239 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
| 9240 ++stardepth; | |
| 9241 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
| 9242 --stardepth; | |
| 9243 } | |
| 9244 | |
| 7 | 9245 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */ |
| 9246 STRCPY(s, "*.*"); | |
| 9247 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9248 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9249 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
| 9250 { | |
| 9251 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the | |
| 9252 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back | |
| 9253 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */ | |
| 1752 | 9254 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
| 7 | 9255 if (wn != NULL) |
| 9256 { | |
| 9257 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
| 9258 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE | |
| 9259 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
| 9260 { | |
| 9261 vim_free(wn); | |
| 9262 wn = NULL; | |
| 9263 } | |
| 9264 } | |
| 9265 } | |
| 9266 | |
| 9267 if (wn == NULL) | |
| 9268 # endif | |
| 9269 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
| 9270 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
| 9271 #else | |
| 9272 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */ | |
| 9273 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
| 9274 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
| 9275 #endif | |
| 9276 | |
| 9277 while (ok) | |
| 9278 { | |
| 9279 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9280 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9281 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 1752 | 9282 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */ |
| 7 | 9283 else |
| 9284 # endif | |
| 9285 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName; | |
| 9286 #else | |
| 9287 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name; | |
| 9288 #endif | |
| 9289 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept | |
| 9290 * all entries found with "matchname". */ | |
| 9291 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
| 9292 && (matchname == NULL | |
| 3261 | 9293 || (regmatch.regprog != NULL |
| 9294 && vim_regexec(®match, p, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 2984 | 9295 || ((flags & EW_NOTWILD) |
| 9296 && fnamencmp(path + (s - buf), p, e - s) == 0))) | |
| 7 | 9297 { |
| 9298 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9299 STRCPY(s, p); | |
| 9300 #else | |
| 9301 namelowcpy(s, p); | |
| 9302 #endif | |
| 9303 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
| 445 | 9304 |
| 9305 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
| 9306 { | |
| 9307 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
| 9308 * find matches. */ | |
| 9309 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
| 9310 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
| 9311 ++stardepth; | |
| 9312 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
| 9313 --stardepth; | |
| 9314 } | |
| 9315 | |
| 7 | 9316 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); |
| 9317 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) | |
| 9318 { | |
| 9319 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
| 9320 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 445 | 9321 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); |
| 7 | 9322 } |
| 9323 else | |
| 9324 { | |
| 9325 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
| 9326 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9327 if (*path_end != 0) | |
| 9328 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
| 9329 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
| 9330 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
| 9331 } | |
| 9332 } | |
| 9333 | |
| 9334 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9335 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9336 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 9337 { | |
| 9338 vim_free(p); | |
| 9339 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb); | |
| 9340 } | |
| 9341 else | |
| 9342 # endif | |
| 9343 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb); | |
| 9344 #else | |
| 9345 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0); | |
| 9346 #endif | |
| 9347 | |
| 9348 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name | |
| 9349 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */ | |
| 9350 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len) | |
| 9351 { | |
| 9352 STRCPY(s, matchname); | |
| 9353 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9354 FindClose(hFind); | |
| 9355 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9356 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 9357 { | |
| 9358 vim_free(wn); | |
| 1752 | 9359 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
| 7 | 9360 if (wn != NULL) |
| 9361 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
| 9362 } | |
| 9363 if (wn == NULL) | |
| 9364 # endif | |
| 9365 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
| 9366 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
| 9367 #else | |
| 9368 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
| 9369 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
| 9370 #endif | |
| 9371 vim_free(matchname); | |
| 9372 matchname = NULL; | |
| 9373 } | |
| 9374 } | |
| 9375 | |
| 9376 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9377 FindClose(hFind); | |
| 9378 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9379 vim_free(wn); | |
| 9380 # endif | |
| 9381 #endif | |
| 9382 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9383 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 9384 vim_free(matchname); | |
| 9385 | |
| 9386 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
| 9387 if (matches > 0) | |
| 9388 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches, | |
| 9389 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
| 9390 return matches; | |
| 9391 } | |
| 9392 | |
| 9393 int | |
| 9394 mch_expandpath( | |
| 9395 garray_T *gap, | |
| 9396 char_u *path, | |
| 9397 int flags) /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 9398 { | |
| 445 | 9399 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE); |
| 7 | 9400 } |
| 9401 # endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */ | |
| 9402 | |
| 445 | 9403 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \ |
| 9404 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9405 /* | |
| 9406 * Unix style wildcard expansion code. | |
| 9407 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac. | |
| 9408 */ | |
| 9409 static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *)); | |
| 9410 | |
| 9411 static int | |
| 9412 pstrcmp(a, b) | |
| 9413 const void *a, *b; | |
| 9414 { | |
| 9415 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); | |
| 9416 } | |
| 9417 | |
| 9418 /* | |
| 9419 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or | |
| 9420 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
| 9421 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
| 9422 * at "path + wildoff". | |
| 9423 * Return the number of matches found. | |
| 9424 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
| 9425 */ | |
| 9426 int | |
| 9427 unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar) | |
| 9428 garray_T *gap; | |
| 9429 char_u *path; | |
| 9430 int wildoff; | |
| 9431 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 9432 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */ | |
| 9433 { | |
| 9434 char_u *buf; | |
| 9435 char_u *path_end; | |
| 9436 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
| 9437 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
| 9438 char_u *pat; | |
| 9439 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 9440 int starts_with_dot; | |
| 9441 int matches; | |
| 9442 int len; | |
| 9443 int starstar = FALSE; | |
| 9444 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
| 9445 | |
| 9446 DIR *dirp; | |
| 9447 struct dirent *dp; | |
| 9448 | |
| 9449 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
| 9450 if (stardepth > 0) | |
| 9451 { | |
| 9452 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9453 if (got_int) | |
| 9454 return 0; | |
| 9455 } | |
| 9456 | |
| 9457 /* make room for file name */ | |
| 9458 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); | |
| 9459 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 9460 return 0; | |
| 9461 | |
| 9462 /* | |
| 9463 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard. | |
| 3505 | 9464 * When EW_ICASE is set every letter is considered to be a wildcard. |
| 445 | 9465 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters. |
| 9466 */ | |
| 9467 p = buf; | |
| 9468 s = buf; | |
| 9469 e = NULL; | |
| 9470 path_end = path; | |
| 9471 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9472 { | |
| 9473 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
| 9474 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
| 9475 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
| 9476 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9477 else if (*path_end == '/') | |
| 9478 { | |
| 9479 if (e != NULL) | |
| 9480 break; | |
| 9481 s = p + 1; | |
| 9482 } | |
| 9483 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
| 3505 | 9484 && (vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL |
| 9485 #ifndef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
| 9486 || ((flags & EW_ICASE) | |
| 9487 && isalpha(PTR2CHAR(path_end))) | |
| 9488 #endif | |
| 9489 )) | |
| 445 | 9490 e = p; |
| 9491 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9492 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 9493 { | |
| 474 | 9494 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
| 445 | 9495 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
| 9496 p += len; | |
| 9497 path_end += len; | |
| 9498 } | |
| 9499 else | |
| 9500 #endif | |
| 9501 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9502 } | |
| 9503 e = p; | |
| 9504 *e = NUL; | |
| 9505 | |
| 2984 | 9506 /* Now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e". */ |
| 445 | 9507 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard |
| 9508 * component. */ | |
| 9509 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
| 9510 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
| 9511 { | |
| 1624 | 9512 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
| 445 | 9513 --e; |
| 9514 --s; | |
| 9515 } | |
| 9516 | |
| 9517 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ | |
| 9518 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
| 9519 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 9520 starstar = TRUE; | |
| 9521 | |
| 9522 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */ | |
| 9523 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); | |
| 9524 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 9525 if (pat == NULL) | |
| 9526 { | |
| 9527 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9528 return 0; | |
| 9529 } | |
| 9530 | |
| 9531 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
| 587 | 9532 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME |
| 445 | 9533 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */ |
| 9534 #else | |
| 2652 | 9535 if (flags & EW_ICASE) |
| 9536 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* 'wildignorecase' set */ | |
| 9537 else | |
| 9538 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ignore case */ | |
| 445 | 9539 #endif |
| 3261 | 9540 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 9541 ++emsg_silent; | |
| 445 | 9542 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); |
| 3261 | 9543 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 9544 --emsg_silent; | |
| 445 | 9545 vim_free(pat); |
| 9546 | |
| 3261 | 9547 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL && (flags & EW_NOTWILD) == 0) |
| 445 | 9548 { |
| 9549 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9550 return 0; | |
| 9551 } | |
| 9552 | |
| 9553 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more | |
| 9554 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
| 9555 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
| 9556 && *path_end == '/') | |
| 9557 { | |
| 9558 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
| 9559 ++stardepth; | |
| 9560 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
| 9561 --stardepth; | |
| 9562 } | |
| 9563 | |
| 9564 /* open the directory for scanning */ | |
| 9565 *s = NUL; | |
| 9566 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf); | |
| 9567 | |
| 9568 /* Find all matching entries */ | |
| 9569 if (dirp != NULL) | |
| 9570 { | |
| 9571 for (;;) | |
| 9572 { | |
| 9573 dp = readdir(dirp); | |
| 9574 if (dp == NULL) | |
| 9575 break; | |
| 9576 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
| 3261 | 9577 && ((regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(®match, |
| 9578 (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 2984 | 9579 || ((flags & EW_NOTWILD) |
| 9580 && fnamencmp(path + (s - buf), dp->d_name, e - s) == 0))) | |
| 445 | 9581 { |
| 9582 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name); | |
| 9583 len = STRLEN(buf); | |
| 9584 | |
| 9585 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
| 9586 { | |
| 9587 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
| 9588 * find matches. */ | |
| 9589 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
| 9590 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
| 9591 ++stardepth; | |
| 9592 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
| 9593 --stardepth; | |
| 9594 } | |
| 9595 | |
| 9596 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); | |
| 9597 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */ | |
| 9598 { | |
| 9599 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
| 9600 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9601 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); | |
| 9602 } | |
| 9603 else | |
| 9604 { | |
| 9605 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
| 9606 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9607 if (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9608 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
| 9609 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
| 9610 { | |
| 768 | 9611 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 445 | 9612 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1; |
| 9613 char_u *precomp_buf = | |
| 9614 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len); | |
| 768 | 9615 |
| 445 | 9616 if (precomp_buf) |
| 9617 { | |
| 9618 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len); | |
| 9619 vim_free(precomp_buf); | |
| 9620 } | |
| 9621 #endif | |
| 9622 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
| 9623 } | |
| 9624 } | |
| 9625 } | |
| 9626 } | |
| 9627 | |
| 9628 closedir(dirp); | |
| 9629 } | |
| 9630 | |
| 9631 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9632 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 9633 | |
| 9634 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
| 9635 if (matches > 0) | |
| 9636 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches, | |
| 9637 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
| 9638 return matches; | |
| 9639 } | |
| 9640 #endif | |
| 9641 | |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9642 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9643 static int find_previous_pathsep __ARGS((char_u *path, char_u **psep)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9644 static int is_unique __ARGS((char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i)); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9645 static void expand_path_option __ARGS((char_u *curdir, garray_T *gap)); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9646 static char_u *get_path_cutoff __ARGS((char_u *fname, garray_T *gap)); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9647 static void uniquefy_paths __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9648 static int expand_in_path __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9649 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9650 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9651 * Moves "*psep" back to the previous path separator in "path". |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9652 * Returns FAIL is "*psep" ends up at the beginning of "path". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9653 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9654 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9655 find_previous_pathsep(path, psep) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9656 char_u *path; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9657 char_u **psep; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9658 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9659 /* skip the current separator */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9660 if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9661 --*psep; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9662 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9663 /* find the previous separator */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9664 while (*psep > path) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9665 { |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9666 if (vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9667 return OK; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9668 mb_ptr_back(path, *psep); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9669 } |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9670 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9671 return FAIL; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9672 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9673 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9674 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9675 * Returns TRUE if "maybe_unique" is unique wrt other_paths in "gap". |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9676 * "maybe_unique" is the end portion of "((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i]". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9677 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9678 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9679 is_unique(maybe_unique, gap, i) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9680 char_u *maybe_unique; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9681 garray_T *gap; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9682 int i; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9683 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9684 int j; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9685 int candidate_len; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9686 int other_path_len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9687 char_u **other_paths = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9688 char_u *rival; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9689 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9690 for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len; j++) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9691 { |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9692 if (j == i) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9693 continue; /* don't compare it with itself */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9694 |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
9695 candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique); |
|
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
9696 other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9697 if (other_path_len < candidate_len) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9698 continue; /* it's different when it's shorter */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9699 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9700 rival = other_paths[j] + other_path_len - candidate_len; |
| 2574 | 9701 if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, rival) == 0 |
| 9702 && (rival == other_paths[j] || vim_ispathsep(*(rival - 1)))) | |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9703 return FALSE; /* match */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9704 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9705 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9706 return TRUE; /* no match found */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9707 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9708 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9709 /* |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
9710 * Split the 'path' option into an array of strings in garray_T. Relative |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9711 * paths are expanded to their equivalent fullpath. This includes the "." |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9712 * (relative to current buffer directory) and empty path (relative to current |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9713 * directory) notations. |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9714 * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9715 * TODO: handle upward search (;) and path limiter (**N) notations by |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9716 * expanding each into their equivalent path(s). |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9717 */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9718 static void |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9719 expand_path_option(curdir, gap) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9720 char_u *curdir; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9721 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9722 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9723 char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9724 ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9725 char_u *buf; |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9726 char_u *p; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9727 int len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9728 |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
9729 if ((buf = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9730 return; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9731 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9732 while (*path_option != NUL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9733 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9734 copy_option_part(&path_option, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,"); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9735 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9736 if (buf[0] == '.' && (buf[1] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(buf[1]))) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9737 { |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9738 /* Relative to current buffer: |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9739 * "/path/file" + "." -> "/path/" |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9740 * "/path/file" + "./subdir" -> "/path/subdir" */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9741 if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9742 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9743 p = gettail(curbuf->b_ffname); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9744 len = (int)(p - curbuf->b_ffname); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9745 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) >= MAXPATHL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9746 continue; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9747 if (buf[1] == NUL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9748 buf[len] = NUL; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9749 else |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9750 STRMOVE(buf + len, buf + 2); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9751 mch_memmove(buf, curbuf->b_ffname, len); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9752 simplify_filename(buf); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9753 } |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9754 else if (buf[0] == NUL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9755 /* relative to current directory */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9756 STRCPY(buf, curdir); |
|
2495
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
9757 else if (path_with_url(buf)) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9758 /* URL can't be used here */ |
|
2495
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
9759 continue; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9760 else if (!mch_isFullName(buf)) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9761 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9762 /* Expand relative path to their full path equivalent */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9763 len = (int)STRLEN(curdir); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9764 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) + 3 > MAXPATHL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9765 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9766 STRMOVE(buf + len + 1, buf); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9767 STRCPY(buf, curdir); |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9768 buf[len] = PATHSEP; |
|
2476
6be86488996b
Fix: With 'path' set to relative directory ":find" completion didn't work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2471
diff
changeset
|
9769 simplify_filename(buf); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9770 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9771 |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9772 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9773 break; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9774 p = vim_strsave(buf); |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9775 if (p == NULL) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9776 break; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9777 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9778 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9779 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9780 vim_free(buf); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9781 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9782 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9783 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9784 * Returns a pointer to the file or directory name in "fname" that matches the |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9785 * longest path in "ga"p, or NULL if there is no match. For example: |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9786 * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9787 * path: /foo/bar/baz |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9788 * fname: /foo/bar/baz/quux.txt |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9789 * returns: ^this |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9790 */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9791 static char_u * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9792 get_path_cutoff(fname, gap) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9793 char_u *fname; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9794 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9795 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9796 int i; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9797 int maxlen = 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9798 char_u **path_part = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9799 char_u *cutoff = NULL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9800 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9801 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9802 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9803 int j = 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9804 |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9805 while ((fname[j] == path_part[i][j] |
|
2534
e27def2ed69b
Make :find completion work better with the DJGPP build. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
9806 # if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9807 || (vim_ispathsep(fname[j]) && vim_ispathsep(path_part[i][j])) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9808 #endif |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9809 ) && fname[j] != NUL && path_part[i][j] != NUL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9810 j++; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9811 if (j > maxlen) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9812 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9813 maxlen = j; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9814 cutoff = &fname[j]; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9815 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9816 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9817 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9818 /* skip to the file or directory name */ |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9819 if (cutoff != NULL) |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
9820 while (vim_ispathsep(*cutoff)) |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9821 mb_ptr_adv(cutoff); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9822 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9823 return cutoff; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9824 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9825 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9826 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9827 * Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in "gap" so |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9828 * that they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9829 * that matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt "gap->ga_len". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9830 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9831 static void |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9832 uniquefy_paths(gap, pattern) |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9833 garray_T *gap; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9834 char_u *pattern; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9835 { |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9836 int i; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9837 int len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9838 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9839 int sort_again = FALSE; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9840 char_u *pat; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9841 char_u *file_pattern; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9842 char_u *curdir; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9843 regmatch_T regmatch; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9844 garray_T path_ga; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9845 char_u **in_curdir = NULL; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9846 char_u *short_name; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9847 |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9848 remove_duplicates(gap); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9849 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9850 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9851 /* |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9852 * We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9853 * regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
9854 * possible patterns? |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9855 */ |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
9856 len = (int)STRLEN(pattern); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9857 file_pattern = alloc(len + 2); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9858 if (file_pattern == NULL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9859 return; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9860 file_pattern[0] = '*'; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9861 file_pattern[1] = NUL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9862 STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9863 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9864 vim_free(file_pattern); |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
9865 if (pat == NULL) |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
9866 return; |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
9867 |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9868 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */ |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
9869 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
9870 vim_free(pat); |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
9871 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9872 return; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9873 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9874 if ((curdir = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9875 goto theend; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9876 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9877 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga); |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9878 |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9879 in_curdir = (char_u **)alloc_clear(gap->ga_len * sizeof(char_u *)); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9880 if (in_curdir == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9881 goto theend; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9882 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9883 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9884 { |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9885 char_u *path = fnames[i]; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9886 int is_in_curdir; |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
9887 char_u *dir_end = gettail_dir(path); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9888 char_u *pathsep_p; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9889 char_u *path_cutoff; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9890 |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
9891 len = (int)STRLEN(path); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9892 is_in_curdir = fnamencmp(curdir, path, dir_end - path) == 0 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9893 && curdir[dir_end - path] == NUL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9894 if (is_in_curdir) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9895 in_curdir[i] = vim_strsave(path); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9896 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9897 /* Shorten the filename while maintaining its uniqueness */ |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9898 path_cutoff = get_path_cutoff(path, &path_ga); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9899 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9900 /* we start at the end of the path */ |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9901 pathsep_p = path + len - 1; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9902 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9903 while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p)) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9904 if (vim_regexec(®match, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9905 && is_unique(pathsep_p + 1, gap, i) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9906 && path_cutoff != NULL && pathsep_p + 1 >= path_cutoff) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9907 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9908 sort_again = TRUE; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9909 mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p)); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9910 break; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9911 } |
| 2538 | 9912 |
| 9913 if (mch_isFullName(path)) | |
| 9914 { | |
| 9915 /* | |
| 9916 * Last resort: shorten relative to curdir if possible. | |
| 9917 * 'possible' means: | |
| 9918 * 1. It is under the current directory. | |
| 9919 * 2. The result is actually shorter than the original. | |
| 9920 * | |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9921 * Before curdir After |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9922 * /foo/bar/file.txt /foo/bar ./file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9923 * c:\foo\bar\file.txt c:\foo\bar .\file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9924 * /file.txt / /file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9925 * c:\file.txt c:\ .\file.txt |
| 2538 | 9926 */ |
| 9927 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir); | |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
9928 if (short_name != NULL && short_name > path + 1 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
9929 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9930 /* On windows, |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
9931 * shorten_fname("c:\a\a.txt", "c:\a\b") |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
9932 * returns "\a\a.txt", which is not really the short |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9933 * name, hence: */ |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
9934 && !vim_ispathsep(*short_name) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
9935 #endif |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
9936 ) |
| 2538 | 9937 { |
| 9938 STRCPY(path, "."); | |
| 9939 add_pathsep(path); | |
|
2562
19f4f5ee3d1f
Fix: strcat() on overlapping string. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2559
diff
changeset
|
9940 STRMOVE(path + STRLEN(path), short_name); |
| 2538 | 9941 } |
| 9942 } | |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9943 ui_breakcheck(); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9944 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9945 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9946 /* Shorten filenames in /in/current/directory/{filename} */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9947 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9948 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9949 char_u *rel_path; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9950 char_u *path = in_curdir[i]; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9951 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9952 if (path == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9953 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9954 |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9955 /* If the {filename} is not unique, change it to ./{filename}. |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9956 * Else reduce it to {filename} */ |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9957 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9958 if (short_name == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9959 short_name = path; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9960 if (is_unique(short_name, gap, i)) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9961 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9962 STRCPY(fnames[i], short_name); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9963 continue; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9964 } |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9965 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9966 rel_path = alloc((int)(STRLEN(short_name) + STRLEN(PATHSEPSTR) + 2)); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9967 if (rel_path == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9968 goto theend; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9969 STRCPY(rel_path, "."); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9970 add_pathsep(rel_path); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9971 STRCAT(rel_path, short_name); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9972 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9973 vim_free(fnames[i]); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9974 fnames[i] = rel_path; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9975 sort_again = TRUE; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9976 ui_breakcheck(); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9977 } |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9978 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9979 theend: |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9980 vim_free(curdir); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9981 if (in_curdir != NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9982 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9983 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9984 vim_free(in_curdir[i]); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9985 vim_free(in_curdir); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9986 } |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9987 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga); |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
9988 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9989 |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9990 if (sort_again) |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9991 remove_duplicates(gap); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9992 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9993 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9994 /* |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
9995 * Calls globpath() with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores the |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
9996 * result in "gap". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9997 * Returns the total number of matches. |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9998 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9999 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10000 expand_in_path(gap, pattern, flags) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10001 garray_T *gap; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10002 char_u *pattern; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10003 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10004 { |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10005 char_u *curdir; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10006 garray_T path_ga; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10007 char_u *files = NULL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10008 char_u *s; /* start */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10009 char_u *e; /* end */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10010 char_u *paths = NULL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10011 |
|
2477
81bf2aaa979a
Fix crash in :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2476
diff
changeset
|
10012 if ((curdir = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10013 return 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10014 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10015 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10016 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10017 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10018 vim_free(curdir); |
|
2481
734196b073e0
Fix crash when no item in 'path' is used for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2477
diff
changeset
|
10019 if (path_ga.ga_len == 0) |
|
734196b073e0
Fix crash when no item in 'path' is used for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2477
diff
changeset
|
10020 return 0; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10021 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10022 paths = ga_concat_strings(&path_ga); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10023 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10024 if (paths == NULL) |
|
2477
81bf2aaa979a
Fix crash in :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2476
diff
changeset
|
10025 return 0; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10026 |
| 2652 | 10027 files = globpath(paths, pattern, (flags & EW_ICASE) ? WILD_ICASE : 0); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10028 vim_free(paths); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10029 if (files == NULL) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10030 return 0; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10031 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10032 /* Copy each path in files into gap */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10033 s = e = files; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10034 while (*s != NUL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10035 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10036 while (*e != '\n' && *e != NUL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10037 e++; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10038 if (*e == NUL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10039 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10040 addfile(gap, s, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10041 break; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10042 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10043 else |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10044 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10045 /* *e is '\n' */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10046 *e = NUL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10047 addfile(gap, s, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10048 e++; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10049 s = e; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10050 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10051 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10052 vim_free(files); |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10053 |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10054 return gap->ga_len; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10055 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10056 #endif |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10057 |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10058 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10059 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10060 * Sort "gap" and remove duplicate entries. "gap" is expected to contain a |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10061 * list of file names in allocated memory. |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10062 */ |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10063 void |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10064 remove_duplicates(gap) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10065 garray_T *gap; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10066 { |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10067 int i; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10068 int j; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10069 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10070 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10071 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len); |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10072 for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i > 0; --i) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10073 if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10074 { |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10075 vim_free(fnames[i]); |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10076 for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10077 fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j]; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10078 --gap->ga_len; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10079 } |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10080 } |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10081 #endif |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10082 |
| 7 | 10083 /* |
| 10084 * Generic wildcard expansion code. | |
| 10085 * | |
| 10086 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a | |
| 10087 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*" | |
| 10088 * | |
| 10089 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not | |
| 10090 * set, and "file" may contain an error message. | |
| 10091 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of | |
| 10092 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later. | |
| 10093 */ | |
| 10094 int | |
| 10095 gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 10096 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
| 10097 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
| 10098 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 10099 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 10100 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 10101 { | |
| 10102 int i; | |
| 10103 garray_T ga; | |
| 10104 char_u *p; | |
| 10105 static int recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10106 int add_pat; | |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10107 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10108 int did_expand_in_path = FALSE; |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10109 #endif |
| 7 | 10110 |
| 10111 /* | |
| 10112 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails, | |
| 10113 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always | |
| 10114 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise, | |
| 10115 * return FAIL. | |
| 10116 */ | |
| 10117 if (recursive) | |
| 10118 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
| 10119 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 10120 #else | |
| 10121 return FAIL; | |
| 10122 #endif | |
| 10123 | |
| 10124 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
| 10125 /* | |
| 10126 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle | |
| 10127 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This | |
| 10128 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately. | |
| 10129 * For `=expr` do use the internal function. | |
| 10130 */ | |
| 10131 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++) | |
| 10132 { | |
| 10133 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL | |
| 10134 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10135 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=') | |
| 10136 # endif | |
| 10137 ) | |
| 10138 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 10139 } | |
| 10140 #endif | |
| 10141 | |
| 10142 recursive = TRUE; | |
| 10143 | |
| 10144 /* | |
| 10145 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty. | |
| 10146 */ | |
| 10147 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30); | |
| 10148 | |
| 10149 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i) | |
| 10150 { | |
| 10151 add_pat = -1; | |
| 10152 p = pat[i]; | |
| 10153 | |
| 10154 #ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10155 if (vim_backtick(p)) | |
| 10156 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags); | |
| 10157 else | |
| 10158 #endif | |
| 10159 { | |
| 10160 /* | |
| 10161 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/". | |
| 10162 */ | |
| 2538 | 10163 if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~') |
| 7 | 10164 { |
| 1408 | 10165 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10166 if (p == NULL) |
| 10167 p = pat[i]; | |
| 10168 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 10169 /* | |
| 10170 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment | |
| 10171 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously | |
| 10172 * found file names and start all over again. | |
| 10173 */ | |
| 2538 | 10174 else if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~') |
| 7 | 10175 { |
| 10176 vim_free(p); | |
| 1914 | 10177 ga_clear_strings(&ga); |
| 7 | 10178 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, |
| 10179 flags); | |
| 10180 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10181 return i; | |
| 10182 } | |
| 10183 #endif | |
| 10184 } | |
| 10185 | |
| 10186 /* | |
| 10187 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to | |
| 10188 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add | |
| 10189 * the pattern. | |
| 10190 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or | |
| 10191 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given. | |
| 10192 */ | |
| 10193 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p)) | |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10194 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10195 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10196 if ((flags & EW_PATH) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10197 && !mch_isFullName(p) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10198 && !(p[0] == '.' |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10199 && (vim_ispathsep(p[1]) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10200 || (p[1] == '.' && vim_ispathsep(p[2])))) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10201 ) |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10202 { |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10203 /* :find completion where 'path' is used. |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10204 * Recursiveness is OK here. */ |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10205 recursive = FALSE; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10206 add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags); |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10207 recursive = TRUE; |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10208 did_expand_in_path = TRUE; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10209 } |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10210 else |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10211 #endif |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10212 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10213 } |
| 7 | 10214 } |
| 10215 | |
| 10216 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND))) | |
| 10217 { | |
| 10218 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p); | |
| 10219 | |
| 10220 #if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC) | |
| 10221 slash_to_colon(t); | |
| 10222 #endif | |
| 10223 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes | |
| 10224 * "vim c:/" work. */ | |
| 10225 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND) | |
| 10226 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE); | |
| 10227 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0) | |
| 10228 addfile(&ga, t, flags); | |
| 10229 vim_free(t); | |
| 10230 } | |
| 10231 | |
|
2313
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10232 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10233 if (did_expand_in_path && ga.ga_len > 0 && (flags & EW_PATH)) |
|
2313
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10234 uniquefy_paths(&ga, p); |
|
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10235 #endif |
| 7 | 10236 if (p != pat[i]) |
| 10237 vim_free(p); | |
| 10238 } | |
| 10239 | |
| 10240 *num_file = ga.ga_len; | |
| 10241 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)""; | |
| 10242 | |
| 10243 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10244 | |
| 10245 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 10246 } | |
| 10247 | |
| 10248 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10249 | |
| 10250 /* | |
| 10251 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here. | |
| 10252 */ | |
| 10253 static int | |
| 10254 vim_backtick(p) | |
| 10255 char_u *p; | |
| 10256 { | |
| 10257 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`'); | |
| 10258 } | |
| 10259 | |
| 10260 /* | |
| 10261 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command. | |
| 10262 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `. | |
| 10263 * Returns number of file names found. | |
| 10264 */ | |
| 10265 static int | |
| 10266 expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags) | |
| 10267 garray_T *gap; | |
| 10268 char_u *pat; | |
| 10269 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 10270 { | |
| 10271 char_u *p; | |
| 10272 char_u *cmd; | |
| 10273 char_u *buffer; | |
| 10274 int cnt = 0; | |
| 10275 int i; | |
| 10276 | |
| 10277 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */ | |
| 10278 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2); | |
| 10279 if (cmd == NULL) | |
| 10280 return 0; | |
| 10281 | |
| 10282 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 10283 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */ | |
| 714 | 10284 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10285 else |
| 10286 #endif | |
| 24 | 10287 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL, |
| 10288 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0); | |
| 7 | 10289 vim_free(cmd); |
| 10290 if (buffer == NULL) | |
| 10291 return 0; | |
| 10292 | |
| 10293 cmd = buffer; | |
| 10294 while (*cmd != NUL) | |
| 10295 { | |
| 10296 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */ | |
| 10297 p = cmd; | |
| 10298 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */ | |
| 10299 ++p; | |
| 10300 /* add an entry if it is not empty */ | |
| 10301 if (p > cmd) | |
| 10302 { | |
| 10303 i = *p; | |
| 10304 *p = NUL; | |
| 10305 addfile(gap, cmd, flags); | |
| 10306 *p = i; | |
| 10307 ++cnt; | |
| 10308 } | |
| 10309 cmd = p; | |
| 10310 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n')) | |
| 10311 ++cmd; | |
| 10312 } | |
| 10313 | |
| 10314 vim_free(buffer); | |
| 10315 return cnt; | |
| 10316 } | |
| 10317 # endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */ | |
| 10318 | |
| 10319 /* | |
| 10320 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags: | |
| 10321 * EW_DIR add directories | |
| 10322 * EW_FILE add files | |
| 716 | 10323 * EW_EXEC add executable files |
| 7 | 10324 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist |
| 10325 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name | |
| 10326 */ | |
| 10327 void | |
| 10328 addfile(gap, f, flags) | |
| 10329 garray_T *gap; | |
| 10330 char_u *f; /* filename */ | |
| 10331 int flags; | |
| 10332 { | |
| 10333 char_u *p; | |
| 10334 int isdir; | |
| 10335 | |
| 10336 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */ | |
| 10337 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0) | |
| 10338 return; | |
| 10339 | |
| 10340 #ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL | |
| 10341 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */ | |
| 10342 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL) | |
| 10343 return; | |
| 10344 #endif | |
| 10345 | |
| 10346 isdir = mch_isdir(f); | |
| 10347 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE))) | |
| 10348 return; | |
| 10349 | |
| 716 | 10350 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */ |
| 10351 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f)) | |
| 10352 return; | |
| 10353 | |
| 7 | 10354 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */ |
| 10355 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL) | |
| 10356 return; | |
| 10357 | |
| 10358 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir)); | |
| 10359 if (p == NULL) | |
| 10360 return; | |
| 10361 | |
| 10362 STRCPY(p, f); | |
| 10363 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 10364 slash_adjust(p); | |
| 10365 #endif | |
| 10366 /* | |
| 10367 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present. | |
| 10368 */ | |
| 10369 #ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR | |
| 10370 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH)) | |
| 10371 add_pathsep(p); | |
| 10372 #endif | |
| 10373 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p; | |
| 10374 } | |
| 10375 #endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */ | |
| 10376 | |
| 10377 #if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 10378 | |
| 10379 #ifndef SEEK_SET | |
| 10380 # define SEEK_SET 0 | |
| 10381 #endif | |
| 10382 #ifndef SEEK_END | |
| 10383 # define SEEK_END 2 | |
| 10384 #endif | |
| 10385 | |
| 10386 /* | |
| 10387 * Get the stdout of an external command. | |
| 10388 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error. | |
| 10389 */ | |
| 10390 char_u * | |
| 24 | 10391 get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags) |
| 7 | 10392 char_u *cmd; |
| 24 | 10393 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */ |
| 7 | 10394 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */ |
| 10395 { | |
| 10396 char_u *tempname; | |
| 10397 char_u *command; | |
| 10398 char_u *buffer = NULL; | |
| 10399 int len; | |
| 10400 int i = 0; | |
| 10401 FILE *fd; | |
| 10402 | |
| 10403 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) | |
| 10404 return NULL; | |
| 10405 | |
| 10406 /* get a name for the temp file */ | |
| 10407 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL) | |
| 10408 { | |
| 10409 EMSG(_(e_notmp)); | |
| 10410 return NULL; | |
| 10411 } | |
| 10412 | |
| 10413 /* Add the redirection stuff */ | |
| 24 | 10414 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname); |
| 7 | 10415 if (command == NULL) |
| 10416 goto done; | |
| 10417 | |
| 10418 /* | |
| 10419 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored). | |
| 10420 * Don't check timestamps here. | |
| 10421 */ | |
| 10422 ++no_check_timestamps; | |
| 10423 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags); | |
| 10424 --no_check_timestamps; | |
| 10425 | |
| 10426 vim_free(command); | |
| 10427 | |
| 10428 /* | |
| 10429 * read the names from the file into memory | |
| 10430 */ | |
| 10431 # ifdef VMS | |
| 1224 | 10432 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */ |
| 7 | 10433 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r"); |
| 10434 # else | |
| 10435 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN); | |
| 10436 # endif | |
| 10437 | |
| 10438 if (fd == NULL) | |
| 10439 { | |
| 10440 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname); | |
| 10441 goto done; | |
| 10442 } | |
| 10443 | |
| 10444 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END); | |
| 10445 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */ | |
| 10446 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET); | |
| 10447 | |
| 10448 buffer = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 10449 if (buffer != NULL) | |
| 10450 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd); | |
| 10451 fclose(fd); | |
| 10452 mch_remove(tempname); | |
| 10453 if (buffer == NULL) | |
| 10454 goto done; | |
| 10455 #ifdef VMS | |
| 10456 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */ | |
| 10457 #endif | |
| 10458 if (i != len) | |
| 10459 { | |
| 10460 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname); | |
| 10461 vim_free(buffer); | |
| 10462 buffer = NULL; | |
| 10463 } | |
| 10464 else | |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10465 buffer[len] = NUL; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */ |
| 7 | 10466 |
| 10467 done: | |
| 10468 vim_free(tempname); | |
| 10469 return buffer; | |
| 10470 } | |
| 10471 #endif | |
| 10472 | |
| 10473 /* | |
| 10474 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion | |
| 10475 * functions. | |
| 10476 */ | |
| 10477 void | |
| 10478 FreeWild(count, files) | |
| 10479 int count; | |
| 10480 char_u **files; | |
| 10481 { | |
| 838 | 10482 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL) |
| 7 | 10483 return; |
| 10484 #if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */ | |
| 10485 /* | |
| 10486 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have | |
| 10487 * been used??? | |
| 10488 */ | |
| 10489 _fnexplodefree((char **)files); | |
| 10490 #else | |
| 10491 while (count--) | |
| 10492 vim_free(files[count]); | |
| 10493 vim_free(files); | |
| 10494 #endif | |
| 10495 } | |
| 10496 | |
| 10497 /* | |
|
2302
488be8cbe19c
Make CTRL-L in command line mode respect 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase'. (Martin
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
10498 * Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'. |
| 7 | 10499 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping. |
| 10500 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command. | |
| 10501 */ | |
| 10502 int | |
| 10503 goto_im() | |
| 10504 { | |
| 10505 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed()); | |
| 10506 } |